Professional Documents
Culture Documents
S.E (2019 Pattern)
S.E (2019 Pattern)
:
P1474 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-101
S.E. (Civil)
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY AND ARCHITECTURAL
PLANNING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (201001)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat figures wherever necessary.
4) Assume necessary data.
5) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Draw a neat labeled sketch of semicircular-arch and explain. [8]
i) Key stone
ii) Crown
iii) Springing line
iv) Voussior.
b) Explain Battened & Ledged Doors with sketch. [5]
c) Write a short note on protective coatings, its necessity and types. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Draw the sketch of Window. [8]
i) Bay window
ii) Clerestorey Window
iii) Pivoted window
iv) Lantern window
b) Enlist any four types of floor finishes and explain mosaic flooring. [5]
c) Explain the procedure of Fixing door and window in detail? [5]
Q3) a) Write a short note on rating system for green building. [4]
b) Draw the sketch of stair. [8]
i) Helical stair
ii) Spiral stair
iii) Half turn geometrical stair
iv) Three-Quarter-Turn stair.
c) What are the fundamental requirements of residential building? [5]
OR
[6002]-101 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the salient features of Green building? [5]
b) Plan a residential building having G+1 framed structure with the following
requirements. Calculate the total built up area and give schedule of doors
and windows. The external wall thickness is 230 mm and internal wall
thickness is 150mm. [12]
(Refer Table). Indicate N-Line
Sr. No. Type of Unit No. of Units Internal area of
unit in sq m
1 Living room 1 20
2 Bedroom 2 14 each
3 Master bedroom
with attached toilet 1 18
4 Kitchen 1 12
5 WC 1 1.2
6 Bath 1 2.8
7 Staircase 1 Use suitable
Dimensions
OR
Q8) a) What is TDR in constrution? How does it work? [6]
b) What is reverberation time and how is it calculated? [6]
c) Write a short note on 7/12 abstract, it’s important and meaning of every
term on it? [5]
[6002]-101 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1475 [6002]-102
[Total No. of Pages : 3
Q1) a) A simply supported beam of rectangular section 230 mm wide and 450
mm deep is subjected to uniformly distributed load of 60 kN/m on entire
span of 4m. Determine maximum bending stress and draw Bending stress
Distribution diagram. [8]
b) A symmetric ‘I’ section having flanges each of 150 mm × 20 mm and
web of 200 mm × 20mm is subjected to a shear force of 100 kN. Draw
shear stress Distribution diagram of the beam. [9]
OR
Q2) a) A cantilever beam of span 1m is subjected to two point loads, 100kN at
the free end and 50kN at the centre of the beam. The beam is rectangular
in section having width of 300 mm and depth 600mm. Determine maximum
bending stress and draw Bending stress Distribution diagram. [8]
b) A beam of ‘T’ section having flange of 300 mm × 50mm and web of
400mm × 50mm, is subjected to maximum shear force of 200 KN. Draw
Shear stress Distribution diagram. [9]
1
a=
7500
Use Rankine’s formula. [6]
c) Determine core section for a hollow rectangular column of external size
B × D and internal size b × d respectively. [6]
OR
Q6) a) State assumptions and limitations of Euler’s theory. [6]
b) Determine ratio of Crippling load given by Euler’s and Rankine’s formula
for a circular column of 60mm diameter and 2.5m long. [6]
Take yield stress as 310 MPa.
Rankines constant = 1/7500 and
E = 210 GPa.
c) A rectangular column 300mm × 250mm is subjected to compressive
load of 160 kN acting at an eccetricity of 45 mm in a plane bisecting 250
mm side. [6]
Determine maximum and minimum stresses.
[6002]-102 2
Q7) a) Determine slope and deflection for a simply supported beam loaded as
shown below. Use Macaulay’s method. [9]
b) Determine the vertical displacement at joint ‘C’ by using unit load method.
Area of each member is 500 mm2. [9]
E = 210 Gpa.
OR
Q8) a) Determine maximum slope and deflection for a simply supported beam
shown in figure below. [9]
Use Macaulay’s method.
[6002]-102 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1476 [6002]- 103
[Total No. of Pages : 3
S.E. (Civil)
FLUID MECHANICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (201003)
Time :2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Answers to the all questions should be written in single answer-book.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
VL V
R V 2 L2 ,
gl
u y
U
Calculate displacement thickness.
OR
1
Q2) a) The velocity and discharge for a scale model of a spillway are
50
0.35 m/sec and 0.11 m3/sec, respectively. Calculate corresponding velocity
and discharge in the prototype. [6]
[6002]-103 1 P.T.O.
b) Explain the growth of boundary layer over a thin flat plate held parallel to
the direction of flow in a real fluid. [6]
c) Explain following similarity laws: [6]
i) Reynold’s model law
ii) Froude’s model law
Q3) a) Explain all types of minor losses in pipe. [7]
b) The water surface levels of two reservoirs differ by 12 m. They are
connected by a 55 m long pipe. For the first 25 m length the diameter is
120 mm and for the remaining length diameter is 150 mm. The Darcy -
Weisbach friction factor f for 120 mm diameter and 150 mm diameter
pipes are respectively 0.024 and 0.02. Determine the discharge. Neglect
minor losses. [7]
c) Draw typical velocity distribution diagrams for fully developed laminar
and turbulent flow through pipe. Also state the nature of velocity profile
for each. [3]
OR
Q4) a) Define following term applicable to turbulent flow through pipe: [6]
i) instantaneous velocity
ii) temporal mean velocity
iii) Prandtl’s mixing length
b) Prove that for steady uniform laminar flow through circular pipe, the
velocity distribution diagram is parabolic. [9]
c) Calculate the value of Darcy Weisbach friction factor if Reynold’s Number
for flow through pipe is 100. [2]
Q5) a) Explain specific energy curve. [5]
b) A trapezoidal channel has side slope of 1 V: 1.5 H and the slope of the
channel bottom is 1 : 5000. Determine the dimensions of most efficient
channel section, if it has to carry water at 10 m3/sec. Take Manning’s
n=0.012. [8]
c) Explain different four types of flows in open channel. [4]
OR
[6002]-103 2
Q6) a) Calculate minimum specific energy and maximum discharge
corresponding to specific energy of 1.8 m that may occur in a rectangular
channel 5 m wide. [8]
b) Define following terms applicable for uniform flow computation: [3]
i) normal depth
ii) conveyance
iii) section factor
c) Explain velocity distribution in open channel flow. [6]
Q7) a) Explain M1, M2,and M3 profiles of GVF. Give their practical example.[9]
b) A flat plate 1 m ×1 m moves through air of density 1.2 kg/m3 at 30 kmph.
Determine: [9]
i) drag force
ii) lift force
iii) resultant force
iv) power required to maintain the plate in motion.
Take CD = 0.18,CL = 0.70.
OR
Q8) a) In a wide rectangular channel of 100 m wide and 3 m deep has an average
bed slope of 0.0005. Estimate the length of the GVF profile produced
by a low weir which raises the water surface just upstream of it by 1.5 m.
Take Manning’s n= 0.035. Use direct step method and take two steps
only. Sketch the water surface profile. [10]
b) Differentiate between bluff body and streamlined body with neat sketch.
[5]
c) Draw a neat sketch showing variation of drag coefficient with Reynolds
Number for flow around circular cylinder. [3]
[6002]-103 3
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
P1477 [Total No. of Pages : 5
[6002]-104
S.E. (Civil)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (207001)
2 2
i) − ii)
r r
1
iii) iv) 0
r
c) For F=3x 2iˆ + (2 xz − y ) ˆj + zkˆ , the value of F.d r along straight line
joining points (0,0,0) and (2,1,3) is _____. [2]
i) 15 ii) 14
iii) 16 iv) 8
P.T.O.
∂ 2 u ∂ 2u
d) The most general solution of PDE 2 = 2 is ____. [2]
∂t ∂x
i) u(x,t) = (c1 cos mx+c2 sin mx) e–m t 2
ii) u(x,t) = (c1 cos mx+c2 sin mx) (c3 cos mt +c4 sin mt)
iii) u(x,y) = (c1 cos mx+c2 sin mx) (c3 emy+c4 e–my)
iv) u(x,y) = (c1emx+c2 e–mx) (c3 cos my + c4 sin my)
e) A throw is made with two dice. The probability getting a score of 10 is
____. [1]
1 1
i) ii)
12 6
1 2
iii) iv)
5 3
Q2) a) Calculate the first four moments about mean of the given distribution
also find β1 & β2. [5]
x 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5
f 5 38 65 92 70 40 10
b) Find coefficient of correlation from given data. [5]
n = 25, Σx = 75, Σy = 100, Σx2 = 250, Σy2=500, Σxy = 325.
c) An unbiased coin is thrown 10 times. Find probability of getting. [5]
i) Exactly 6 heads
ii) At least 6 heads
OR
Q3) a) Find lines of regression for the following data. [5]
x 10 14 19 26 30 34 39
y 12 16 18 26 29 35 38
[6002]-104 2
b) One percent of articles from a certain machine are defective. What is the
probability of [5]
i) No defective
ii) One defective
c) Assuming that the diagram of 1000 brass plugs taken consecutively from
machine form a normal distribution with mean 0.7515 cm and standard
deviation 0.0020 cm. How many of the plugs are likely to be approved if
the acceptable diagram is 0.752 ± 0.004 cm. [5]
[Given A (2.25) = 0.4878, A (+1.75) = 0.4599]
r r
ρ ρ
a .b
ii) ∇2 =0
r
ρ 1 2ρ ρ ρ ρ
c) Show that F = r a + (a . r )r is irrotational. [5]
r
[6002]-104 3
Q6) a) Evaluate ∇ F.d r where F=(x2 + xy)iˆ + (x2 + y 2 ) ˆj where C is the square
c
b) Evaluate f .nds
s
ˆ where f = yz iˆ + zx ˆj + xy kˆ and S is the sphere
∂2 y 2 ∂ y
2
Q8) a) If 2 = c represents the vibrations of the string of length fixed at
∂t ∂x 2
both ends. Find the solution it. [8]
i) y (0,t) = 0
ii) y (l, t) = 0
∂y
iii) =0
∂t t =0
[6002]-104 4
∂u ∂ 2u
b) Solve the following one-dimensional heat flow equation, = c2 2
∂t ∂x
subject to conditions. [7]
i) u (0, t ) = 0, ∀t
ii) u (l , t ) = 0 ∀t
iii) u (x,0) = x 0<x<l
iv) u (x, t) is bounded.
OR
∂ 2
y ∂ 2
y
Q9) a) If the wave equation of vibration of string is given by, =c 2
.
∂t 2
∂x 2
Find the solution y (x, t), if, [8]
i) y (0, t ) = 0 ∀t
ii) y (l , t ) = 0 ∀t
iii) y ( x,0) = 0 ∀x
ax 0< x< l
∂y 2
iv) = l
∂t t =0 a(l − x) < x<l
2
∂u ∂ 2u
b) Solve, = 2 if, [7]
∂t ∂x
i) u is finite for all t
ii) u (0, t) = 0
iii) u (π,t) = 0,
iv) u (x, 0) = π x– x2 0≤x≤π
[6002]-104 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Describe in detail core drilling method of subsurface geological
exploration with its significance. [6]
b) What will be the effects of faulting on civil engineering structures?[6]
c) Explain how GIS is an important tool for civil engineers. [6]
[6002]-105 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Calculate the zero-air-void density for a soil with Gs = 2.70 at moisture
contents of 5, 10, 15, 20, and 25%. Plot a graph of ZAV versus moisture
content. [6]
b) A ring foundation is of 3.60 m external diameter and 2.40 m internal
diameter. It transmits a uniform pressure of 135 kN/m2. Calculate the
vertical stress at a depth of 1.80 m directly beneath the centre of the
loaded area. [6]
c) Explain the field application of compaction test result and how to control
Field compaction. [5]
OR
Q2) a) List the factors affecting compaction and explain the effect of
compaction on any four soil properties. [6]
b) A raft of size 4 m × 4 m carries a uniform load of 200 kN/m2. Using
the point load approximation with equivalent point loads for four equal
squares, calculate the stress increment at a point in the soil which is
4 m below the centre of the loaded area. [6]
c) What is Isobar and Pressure bulb? Explain its significance. [5]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Comment on Unconfined Compression test is special case of Triaxial
Compression test. Explain Unconfined Compression test with respect
drainage, soil suitability and time requirement. [6]
b) The following table gives data obtained from triaxial compression test
conducted under undrained conditions on two specimens of same soil
sample. The diameter and height are 40 mm and 80 mm respectively
for both samples. Determine shear strength parameters analytically. [6]
Specimen i ii
Cell pressure (kN/m2) 100 200
Deviator load at failure (N) 637 881
Increase in volume at failure (ml) 1.1 1.5
Axial Compression (mm) 5 7
c) Draw shear strength envelops for c-soils, ϕ-soils and c-ϕ soils. Explain
Terzaghi’s effective stress principle. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Thixotropy, Sensitivity and Activity of clayey soils. [6]
b) From a direct shear test on an undisturbed soil, evaluate the undrained
shear strength parameters. Determine shear strength, major and minor
principal stresses and their planes in the case of specimen of same soil
sample subjected to a normal stress of 100 kN/m2. [6]
Normal stress (kN/m2) 70 96 114
Shear stress at failure (kN/m2) 138 156 170
c) Explain with neat sketch the Peak and Residual shear strengths of
soils. [5]
Q7) a) Explain with neat sketch stability analysis of Infinite Slopes in c-ϕ
soil. [6]
b) An embankment 10 m high is inclined at an angle of 36° to the
horizontal A stability analysis by the method of slices gives the forces
per running meter: Σ Shearing forces = 450 kN, Σ Normal
forces = 900 kN, Σ Neutral forces = 216 kN. The length of the failure
arc is 27 m. The soil has the effective values c' =20 kN/m2 and ϕ = 18°.
respectively. Determine the factor of safety of the slope with respect to
(a) shearing strength and (b) cohesion. [6]
c) Explain Friction Circle Method with neat sketch. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Landslides causes and remedial measures. [6]
b) An embankment is inclined at an angle of 35° and its height is 15 m.
The angle of shearing resistance is 15° and the cohesion intercept is
200 kN/m2. The unit weight of soil is 18 kN/m3. If Taylor's stability
number is 0.06, find the factor of safety with respect to cohesion. [6]
c) Explain Bishop’s method of stability analysis with neat sketch. [6]
[6002]-106 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain with sketch the fixed hair method of tacheometry, when line
of sight is inclined downward (depression) and staff is held vertical?
[6]
b) State the different applications of contour lines. [5]
c) A tacheometer was set at an intermediate point between two stations
A & B and the following observations were made on the staff held
vertical position : [7]
Staff Instrument Vertical Staff reading
Station Station angle
A Intermediate + 4º30’ 1.605, 2.400, 3.195
B between A & B + 2º45’ 0.805, 1.345, 1.885
Compute the length AB and RL of point B, if that of A is 395.400m.
The instrument and staff are in one line. (take multiplying constant as
100 and Additive constant as 0)
OR
Q2) a) A tacheometer with analytic lens. Having the value of constant 100 was
used and the following observations were made on staff held vertical. [8]
Instrument H.I. (m) Vertical Staff at Staff Reading
station Angle
P 1.8 + 2º40’ M 1.25, 1.93, 2.56
P 1.8 – 4º40’ Q 1.45, 1.85, 2.30
R.L of station M is 50.00 m Calculate the R.L. of P & Q, distance PQ
and gradient of PQ line?
P.T.O.
b) State the different patterns of counter showing natural features. [4]
c) Explain the procedure for finding out tachometric constant. [6]
Q5) a) Enlist the limitations of the prevalent survey techniques and also give
advantages of Space Based Positioning System. [6]
b) Write a note on setting out alignment of road. [6]
c) Explain necessity horizontal and vertical controls in construction
activity. [5]
OR
[6002]-107 2
Q6) a) State Different names of satellites and Write a note on GLONASS
(Global Navigation and Surveying System). [6]
b) Write a short note on survey for drainage line work. [6]
c) Write a short note on checking verticality of tall building. [5]
[6002]-107 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Enlist non destructive tests for concrete. Explain core test along with its
advantages and limitations. [6]
b) Explain the principal of rebound hammer with neat sketch. Enlist the limitations
of rebound hammer test. [6]
c) Explain the stress-strain relationship of concrete with neat sketch. [6]
Q3) a) Define concrete mix design and state objectives in mix design? [4]
b) Enlist the factors influencing concrete mix design and explain any one of
them. [5]
c) Enlist various methods available for concrete mix design and explain the
step by step procedure for concrete mix design IS 10262 method. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Design a concrete for grade M30 using IS code method for following
data: [13]
Parameter : Details
Grade designation : M30
Standard deviations : 5.00
Factor based on the grade
of concrete, X : 6.50
Type of cement : OPC 53 grade conforming
to IS 12269
Workability : 75 mm (slump)
Exposure conditions Moderate (for plain concrete)
Degree of supervision : Good
Maximum cement content : 450 kg/m3
Type of aggregate : Angular coarse aggregate
Specific gravity of cement : 3.00
Specific, gravity of coarse aggregate
and fine aggregate : 2.65
Water absorption of coarse aggregate : 0.50%
Water absorption of fine aggregate : 1.00%
Free surface moisture for coarse aggregate : Nil
Free surface moisture for fine aggregate : Nil
[6002]-108 2
Sieve Analysis
Course Aggregate
Analysis of coarse
IS Sieve aggregate fraction Percentage of different fractions
(mm) Remarks
I II I II Combined
(50%) (50%) (100%)
20 100 100 50 50 100 Conforming
10 2.80 78.30 1.4 39.15 40.55 to Table 7
4.75 0 8.70 0 4.35 4.35 of IS 383
Fine aggregate : Conforming to grading Zone II of Table 9 of IS 383
Figure: Relationship between free water cement ratio and 28 days compressive
strengths of concrete
Water content per m3 of concrete for 50mm slump :
[6002]-108 3
Sr. Nominal maximum size of aggregate Maximum water content
No. (mm) (kg/m3)
i) 10 208
ii) 20 186
iii) 40 165
Volume of coarse aggregate per unit volume of total aggregate for water-
cement/water-cementitious material ratio of 0.30 :
Sr. Nominal Maximum Volume of coarse aggregate per unit volume of
No. size of aggregate total aggregate for different zones of fine
(mm) aggregate
Zone III Zone II Zone I
i) 10 0.56 0.54 0.52
ii) 12.5 0.58 0.56 0.54
iii) 20 0.68 0.66 0.64
Approximate air content :
Sr. Nominal maximum size of Entrapped air, as % of volume of
No. aggregate (mm) concrete
i) 10 1.0
ii) 12.5 0.8
iii) 20 0.5
Minimum cement content, maximum W/C and minimum grade of concrete
for different exposures with normal weight aggregates of 20mm nominal
maximum size :
Sr. Exposure Minimum cement Maximum Minimum grade of
No. content (kg/m3) W/C concrete
i) Mild 300 0.55 M20
ii) Moderate 300 0.50 M25
iii) Severe 320 0.45 M30
iv) Very severe 340 0.45 M35
v) Extreme 360 0.40 M40
b) What do you mean by : [4]
[6002]-108 4
i) Mean strength
ii) Variance
iii) Standard deviation
iv) Coefficient of variation
[6002]-108 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1482 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6002]-109
S.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (201011)
Q1) a) Analyze the beam shown in figure 1 by slope deflection method and
draw B.M.D. Assume uniform flexural rigidity. [12]
b) Find the rotation B (θB) for the beam with uniform flexural rigidity as
show in figure 2. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) Analyze the frame shown in figure 3 by slope deflection method and draw
BMD. Assume uniform flexural rigidity. [18]
b) Define member stiffness; carry over moment and distribution factor. [6]
OR
Q4) Calculate final end moments for the frame shown in figure 5 by moment
distribution method and draw BMD. Assume uniform flexural rigidity. [18]
[6002]-109 2
Q5) a) Analyze the beam ABC shown in figure 6 by stiffness method and draw
BMD. [11]
OR
Q6) Analyse the bent shown in figure 8 by stiffness method. [17]
[6002]-109 3
Q7) a) Determine collapse load for the beam shown in figure 9 with variable
moment or resistance. [12]
[6002]-109 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1483 [6002]-110
[Total No. of Pages : 3
S.E. (Civil)
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (201012)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
OR
b) How do you inspect quality of material like sand and aggregate on your
site? [3+3]
c) Explain why safety program have to be implemented at work site. What
points should be considered while making a safety program for the
following projects. [2+2+2]
i) Highway construction
ii) Building construction
[6002]-110 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain resource allocation methods and their significance in manpower
planning. [5]
b) What do you mean by network crashing? Write down the step by step
procedure of network crashing? [6]
OR
Q4) a) What do you mean by EVA? Explain any one method in detail. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Concept of Cost of Capital & Time Value of Money. [3+3]
b) Mr. Uttam brought an air - conditioner for Rs. 20,000; he paid tax of
Rs. 2,000 and Rs.200 for transport. If he sold it to a customer for Rs.
22,500, what is the percentage profit or loss? [6]
Q7) a) What are the different types of appraisals required to undertake any
Project? Explain any one in detail. [2+4]
[6002]-110 2
b) Write a short note on: [3+3]
i) Break even analysis,
ii) Detailed project report (DPR).
c) Compare the project by NPV and B/C ratio method and state its feasibility
if project cost is Rs. 2,80,000 and it has net cash flow of Rs. 90,000 for
a period 4 years. Firm expect returns 10% per annum. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Following are the details of Project A and B. Using NPV (i = 8%),
comment on the following statements: [6]
i) Whether both projects are feasible?
ii) Whether both projects are not feasible?
iii) Either of the A or B is feasible?
… … …
[6002]-110 3
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
P1484 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6002]-111
S.E. (Electronics/E&Tc/Electronics &Computer)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (207005)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Q.1 is compulsory.
2) Attempt Q.2 or Q.3, Q.4 or Q.5, Q.6 or Q.7, Q.8 or Q.9.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
7) Write numerical calculations correct upto four decimal places.
Q1) Write the correct option for the following multiple choice questions. [10]
a) For F = x 2i + xyj , the value of F.dr for the curve y=x joining the points
c
[6002]-111 1 P.T.O.
e) if ∇ is the backward difference operator the ∇ f(x)is equal to
i) f (x)–f(x–h) ii) f (x+h)–f(x)
iii) f (x+h) iv) f (x–h)
OR
Q3) a) Find value of y for x=0.5 using Newton’s forward difference formula for
following data [5]
x 0 1 2 3 4
y 1 5 25 100 250
rd 2
1 1
b) Use simpson’s rule with four intervals to find value of dx . [5]
3 1
x
c) Use modified Euler’s method to find the value of y satisfying the equation
dy
= log e ( x + y ), y (1) = 2 for x=1.2 correct upto four decimal places by
dx
taking h=0.2. [5]
[6002]-111 2
Q4) a) Find the directional derivative of the function φ = xy 2 + yz 3 at (1,–1,1)
towards the point (2,1,–1). [5]
b) Show that the vector field [5]
F = ( y sin z − sin x ) i + ( x sin z + 2 yz ) j + ( xy cos z + y 2 )k is irrotational
& find scalar function & such that F = ∇φ
dr
c) If r . = 0 then show that r has constant magnitude. [5]
dt
OR
Q5) a) Find the directional derivative of the function φ = e 2 x − y − z at (1,1,1) in the
direction of vector − i + 2 j + k . [5]
b) If ρ E = ∇φ then prove that E.curlE = 0 [5]
d 2 f 2 df
c) Prove that ∇ f (r ) = 2 +
2
[5]
dr r dr
where
x2 y 2
F = (2 x − cos y )i + x(4 + sin y) j, C is the ellipse + = 1, z = 0
9 25
b) Verify stoke’s theorem for F = xy2i + yj + xz2 k for the surface of rectan-
gular lamina bounded by x = 0, y = 0, x =1, y = 1, z = 0. [5]
c) Evaluate r .nds
s
ˆ over the surface of a sphere of radius 1 with centre at
origin. [5]
OR
Q7) a) Using Green’s theorem, show that the area bounded by a simple closed
1
2
curve C is given by [ xdy − ydx] . Hence find area of the ellipse
[6002]-111 3
1 1
b) Using divergence theorem, show that r
v
2
dv =
s
r2
r .ds [5]
c) Verify stokes theorem for F = − y 3i and the closed curve c is the bound-
x2 y2
ary of the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1 [5]
a b
Q8) a) If f (z) = u + iv is analytic, find f (z) if u–v = (x–y) (x2 + 4xy + y2) [5]
4z2 + z
b) Evaluate ( z − 1) 2 dz where c is the contour |z–1|=2 by using cauchy
c
OR
Q9) a) If u = 3x2 – 3y2 + 2y find v such that f (z)=u+iv is analytic. Determine f(z)
in terms of z. [5]
z +2
c z 2 + 1dz where c is | z − 1|= 2 by Residue theorem.
1
b) Evaluate [5]
c) Show that the image of line parallel to x-axis are mapped onto hyperbola
in w-plane under the transformation w = sin hz. [5]
[6002]-111 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1485 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-112
S.E. (Electronics/ E&T.C)
ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS.
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (204181)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figure to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable additional data, if necessory.
5) Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Draw block diagram of regulated power supply and explain the function
of each block? [6]
b) With the help of neat diagram explain buck-boost converter? [6]
c) Draw and explain low dropout regulator? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Design a regulated power supply using LM 317 for output voltage gv and
15v IAdj=100 uA. [6]
b) Explain the working of SMPS with neat diagram? [6]
c) Compare regulated and unregulated power supply? [6]
Q3) a) List all parameter’s of op-amp. Explain any four in brief ? [6]
b) Explain significance of negative feed back, in op-amp amplifier? [5]
c) A dualt input balanced output differential amplifier has following specifi-
cation Rc=2.7KΩ, RE=4.5kΩ, ± VCC= ± 10v, β=100; VBE=0.7V;
re=26.34Ω calculate [6]
i) Voltage gain (Ad)
ii) Rin
iii) Ro
OR
Q4) a) Draw block diagram of op-amp and explain each block? [6]
b) Compare inverting and non-inverting configuration of op-amp with
following parameters:
i) Feedbock Type
ii) Ri
iii) Gain
iv) Bandwith [5]
[6002]-112 1 P.T.O.
c) Determine the Q point for dual input and balanced output differential
amplifier with RC=RE=65KΩ and supply voltage ± 15V assume suitable
data. [6]
Q5) a) Draw an inverting summing amplifier with three input and derive expression
for the output voltage Vo= – (Va+Vb+Vc) [6]
b) Design a practical Integrator with input Signal of 1.5 vpp and cut off
frequency of 3KHz for DC voltage gain of 10. [6]
c) Draw circuit diagram of 30p-amp Intrumentation amplifier and write its
o/p equation? [6]
OR
Q6) a) With the help of neat diagram explain working of symmetrical schmitt
trigger? [6]
b) Design a square wave generater using op-amp for frequency 1KHz to 10
KHz with 50 % duty cycle. draw diagram with component value. [6]
c) Explain practical differentiator circuit with neat diagram? list limitations
of ideal differentiator? [6]
[6002]-112 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1486 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-113
S.E. (Electronics/Electronics & Computer/E & TC)
DIGITAL CIRCUITS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (204182)
Time : 2½Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drwan wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
Q1) a) Explain the working of a half-adder? Draw its logic diagram. [7]
b) Implement the full subtractor using a 1 : 8 demultiplexer. [5]
c) Implement the following function using multiplexer
f (A,B,C) = ∑m (0, 2, 4, 6). [5]
OR
Q2) a) Draw the logic diagram of full-adder and its truth table. [7]
b) Implement a full-adder using Demultiplexer. [5]
c) Implement the given logic function using a 4 : 1 multiplexer.
f (A,B,C) = ∑m (0, 2, 4, 6). [5]
Q3) a) For the state diagram shown in figure, obtain the state table and design
the circuit using minimum number of J = K flip - flops. [8]
b) Draw ASM chart for a 2 bit up-down counter having mode control input
M. [8]
M=1 Up counter.
M = 0 Down Center.
OR
Q6) a) Design a sequential circuit using Mealy machine for detecting the
sequence......1001.......Use Jk Flip-flop. [9]
b) Explain in short: [8]
i) State Diagram.
ii) ASM chart.
OR
Q8) a) Explain with circuit diagram the dynamic MOS memory. [8]
b) A combinational circuit defined by the function. [10]
F1(A, B, C) = ∑ (3, 5, 6, 7) and F2(A, B, C) = ∑ (0, 2, 4, 7)
Implement the circuit with PLA having 3 inputs, 3 products terms and 2
out puts.
[6002]-113 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1487 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-114
S.E. (Electronics/E & TC Engineering)
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (204183)
Q1) a) What is a two port network? Mention the application of two port network
parameters [6]
b) Determine the z parameters for the circuit shown in Fig. 1. [6]
P.T.O.
c) Determine Z(s) in the network shown in Fig.3. Find poles and zeros of
Z(s) and plot them on s-plane. [6]
Q3) a) What are the types of DC motor? A series motor should not be started
on no load. Why? [5]
b) Draw a neat sketch of a DC generator. State the functions of each part.[6]
c) A 200 V lap wound DC shunt motor has 800 conductors on its armature.
The resistance of the armature winding is 0.5 Ω and that of field winding
is 200 Ω. The motor takes a current of 21 A, the flux per pole is 30 m
Wb. Find the speed and torque developed in the motor. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain significance of back e.m.f. in a DC motor. [5]
b) A 4 pole DC shunt generator with lap connected armature has field and
armature resistances as 50 Ω and 0.1 Ω respectively. If the generator has
to supply 60 lamps, with rating 100V/40 W each. Calculate [6]
i) Total armature current
ii) Current in each armature conductor
iii) Generated EMF
Take 1V per brush as contact drop.
c) Why starter is required in a DC motor? Under what condition the
mechanical power developed in a dc motor will be maximum? [6]
[6002]-114 2
c) The power input to a 500V, 50Hz, 6 pole, 3 phase induction motor
running at 975 rpm is 40kW. The stator losses are 1kW and the friction
and windage losses total 2 kW. Calculate: [6]
i) slip
ii) rotor copper loss
iii) shaft power
iv) efficiency
OR
Q6) a) State any 4 use of single phase induction motor? Differentiate between
“capacitor start” & “Capacitor start capacitor run” Single phase induction
motor? [6]
b) What are types of 3-phase induction motor? Explain any one in detail.[6]
c) The power input to the rotor of a 440V, 50 hz, 6 pole, 3 phase induction
motor is 100kW. The rotor electromotive force is observed to make 120
cycles per minute. Calculate: Rotor speed. [6]
i) Mechanical power developed
ii) Rotor copper loss per phase
[6002]-114 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Write a ‘C’ Function to Push and POP elements from a stack of
characters using an array. [6]
b) Convert the following infix expression to postfix using stack (show
all the steps properly) : a + b*(c/d$ a)/b [5]
c) Consider Following circular queue of characters and size 5. [6]
A C
Front Rear
Front point to A and Rear Points to C. Show the circular queue contents as
per the following operations at every step.
i) F is added to the queue.
ii) Two letters are deleted.
iii) K, L, M are added to the queue
iv) Two letters are deleted.
v) R is added to the queue.
vi) Two letters are deleted.
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Compare Stack and Queue. [4]
b) What are the applications of Stack.
Represent stack for decimal to binary conversion: (56)10 to (---)2 [3]
c) Define Queue. What are conditions for ‘Queue empty’ and ‘Queue
full’ when queue is implemented using Array? Explain. [6]
d) Write a ‘C’ function for deletion in a queue using an array. [4]
Q3) a) Compare circular linked list with singly linked list in terms of pros and
cons. [6]
b) What is a singly linked list? Write C function for inserting a node at a
given location into a singly linked list. [6]
c) Explain the disadvantages of polynomial representation using an array.
Represent the following polynomial using a singly linked list. [6]
23x9 + 18x7 + 41x6 + 16x4 + 3
OR
Q4) a) What is a doubly linked list? Write a ‘C’ function for Inserting a number
at the end of the doubly linked list. [6]
b) Write a ‘C’ function for Inserting a number at the front of the circular
linked list. [5]
c) Compare linked representation and array representation with reference
to the following aspects : [3]
i) Accessing any element randomly
ii) Insertion & deletion of an element
iii) Utilization of memory
d) Write a short note on the Circular Linked list. [4]
[6002]-115 2
OR
Q6) a) Define a tree. Explain with a suitable example how a binary tree can be
represented using an array. [5]
b) Write an algorithm to implement non-recursive in-order traversal of a
binary search tree. [6]
c) The postorder and inorder traversals of a binary tree are given below.
Is it possible to obtain a unique binary tree from these traversals? If
yes, obtain the tree, if not give justification. [6]
Inorder Traversal : D B F E G A H I C
Postorder Traversal : D F G E B I H C A
Fig : 1
Fig : 2
[6002]-115 3
c) Represent the following graph using the adjacency matrix and
adjacency list. [6]
Fig : 3
[6002]-115 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) State the Dirichlet conditions for the existence of Fourier Series. [4]
b) Find the Trignometric Fourier Series for the periodic bidirectional
symmetric square waveform below. Plot phase and magnitude
response. [8]
c) State and explain the physical significance for following properties for
CT signals. [6]
i) Time Differentiation
ii) Convolution
iii) Modulation
OR
Q2) a) Define Fourier series, write equations for Fourier series representation.
Compare it. [6]
b) Determine the complex exponential Fourier Series for periodic
Rectangular pulse train shown below. Plot its magnitude and phase
spectrum. [8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What are the limitations of Fourier series. Compare it with Fourier
Transform. Write the expression for Fourier Transform for CT Signals.
[5]
b) Find the Fourier transform of the signal x(t) = e–3tu(t). Also sketch
magnitude and phase response. [6]
c) State the following properties of CTFT. [6]
i) Linearity
ii) Convolution
iii) Time Reversal
OR
Q4) a) Find the Fourier Transform of sine wave signal and sketch magnitude
response and phase response. [6]
b) Find the Inverse Fourier Transform using partial fraction expansion.
[6]
1
X( jw) =
( jw)2 + 5 jw + 6
c) Find the Fourier Transform of x(t) = cos(w0t)u(t) using the properly.
[5]
[6002]-116 2
b) Find the inverse Laplace Transform [6]
S
X(S) = 2
S + 5S + 6
c) A signal has Laplace transform [6]
S+2
X(S) = 2
S + 4S + 5
Find Laplace transform Y(S) if
i) y(t) = t. x(t)
ii) y(t) = e–t. x(t)
[6002]-116 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
b) Sketch root locus of the unity feedback system with open loop transfer
k
function G( s ) = . [10]
s ( s + 1)( s + 4)
OR
k ( s + 2)
G( s )H( s ) = . Determine the value of ‘k’ for
s ( s + 1) ( s 2 + 2 s + 5)
which the system is stable as well as critically stable. [8]
k
G( s ) = Determine : Breakaway points,
s ( s + 1) ( s + 3) ( s + 4)
intersection with imaginary axis. Plot root locus. [10]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) For a unity feedback System with open loop transfer function
4
G( s ) = . Determine Damping factor, Undamped natural
s( s + 2)
frequency, reason peak, resonant frequency. [9]
b) The open loop transfer function of a unity feedback system is given
1
by G( s ) = Sketch the polar plot and determine the gain
s ( s + 1) ( s + 2)
margin. Also comment on the stability. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Draw Bode plot of the system with open loop transfer function :
10
G( s ) = and determine gain margin, Phase margin. Gain
s ( s + 2) ( s + 5)
crossover frequency, Phase crossover frequency. Also comment on
Stability. [9]
b) Derive the expression for resonant peak (Mr) and resonant frequency
(Wr). [8]
Q5) a) Obtain the expression for state transition matrix using Laplace transform
method and state any four properties of state transition matrix. [9]
b) Find Controllability and Observability of the system given by state
model. [9]
é1 1 5ù é5ù
ê ú ê ú
A = ê1 -2 2 ú , B = ê 1 ú , C = [10 15 11], D = [0]
ê ú ê ú
ê5 2 -8ú ê10ú
ë û ë û
OR
Q6) a) Obtain the state model for the system with transfer function
Y( s ) 3S + 4
= 2 . [9]
U( s) S + 5S + 6
é0 -3ù
X=ê ú x (t )
êë1 -4úû
[6002]-117 2
Q7) a) Explain Proportional mode, Integral Mode and Derivative Mode. [9]
b) What do you mean by Industrial Automation? What are its types?
Explain the architecture of an automation. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the Ziegler-Nichols tuning method of a PID controller. [9]
b) Draw and explain the block diagram of digital control system. [8]
[6002]-117 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1491 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-118
S.E. (Electronics/E&TC/Electronics&Computer)
PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION (2019
Pattern) (Semester - IV) (204193)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
2) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q3) a) Describe Band limited & time limited signal with suitable example. [6]
b) Draw & explain spectrum showing aliasing effect & Guard band. [6]
c) Consider the signal {3cos(200t)+(5sin 6000t)+10 cos 1200t} what is
Nyquist rate for this signal? [5]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Describe with the help of neat sketches of wave forms methods of
generation of PWM. [6]
b) Illustrate the classification of multiplexing & with suitable diagram explain
time division multiplexing. [6]
c) The signal g(t)=10 cos (40t) cos (400t) is sampled at a rate of 500
samples/sec. [5]
i) Determine the Nyquist rate
ii) Calculate the cut-off frequency of ideal reconstruction filter.
iii) Draw the spectrum of resulting sampled signal.
Q5) a) Draw block diagram of Digital communication system & explain function
of each block. [6]
b) State types of quantization & explain uniform quantization in detail with
characteristics. [6]
c) Compare A-law & -law compander. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Draw & explain Delta modulation waveform with slope overload & granular
noise. [6]
b) With neat block diagram explain PCM transmitter. [6]
c) Describe Adaptive Delta modulation with neat diagram. [6]
Q7) a) Define synchronization & with block diagram explain bit synchronization.
[6]
b) Explain the properties of line codes. [5]
c) Draw AT&T hierarchy multiplexing system & explain it in detail. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain working principle of scrambling & unscrambling with example.[6]
b) Describe with block diagram ditital signal hierarchy using T1 carrier system.
[6]
c) Draw the line codes - unipolar Rz, polar Rz, AMI & split phase manchester
for the bit stream 10110010. [5]
[6002]-118 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) What is a friend function? What are the merits and demerits of using
the friend function? [6]
b) What are the rules for overloading operators? [6]
c) Which is operator overloading? Write steps to overload << & >>
operators. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is operator overloading? Why it is necessary to overload an
operator? [6]
b) Write a program to demonstrate friend function in C++. [6]
c) Give a programming example that overloads = = operator with its use.
[6]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Write a C++ program demonstrating use of the pure virtual function
with the use of base and derived classes. [6]
b) Discuss the role of access specifiers in inheritance and show their
visibility when they are inherited as public, private and protected. [6]
c) What is the ambiguity that arises in multiple inheritance? How it can
be overcome. Explain with example. [5]
Q7) a) Write a program using the open() , eof(), and getline() member function
to open and read a file content line by line. [6]
b) Explain the role of seekg(), seekp(), tellg(), tellp(), function in the
process of random access in a file. [5]
c) What is file mode? Explain any four file modes supported by C++.
[6]
OR
Q8) a) Write a program using put() to write characters to a file until user
enters a dollar sign. [6]
b) What is the difference between opening a file with constructor function
and opening a file with open () function. [5]
c) Explain error handling during file operation. [6]
[6002]-119 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1492 [6002]-120
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q3) a) Explain the following Op Amp parameters and state their ideal value [6]
i) In put offset Voltage
ii) Slew rate
b) Draw circuit diagram of current mirror circuit and explain in detail. [5]
c) Draw the circuit diagram of Dual input balanced output differential amplifier
and write down the expressions for [6]
i) Voltage Gain (Ad)
ii) Input Resistance (Ri)
iii) Output Resistance (Ro)
OR
[6002]-120 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Draw the block diagram of Op Amp and explain in detail. [6]
b) Write a short note on Level Shifter circuits. [5]
c) A Dual input balanced output differential amplifier has the following
specifications : [6]
VCC = ± 10 V, RC1 = RC2 = 3.7 k and RE = 4.2 k , ac =dc =
100 & VBE = 0.7V. re = 25.3
Calculate :
i) Voltage Gain (Ad)
ii) Input Resistance (Ri)
iii) Output Resistance (Ro)
Q5) a) Draw circuit diagram of practical integrator and explain its frequency
response in detail. [6]
b) Draw neat circuit diagram of :
i) Non-inverting amplifier
ii) Inverting summing amplifier [6]
c) Draw circuit diagram of precision full wave rectifier with showing input
and output waveform. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail working of square wave generator with neat circuit
diagram. Draw waveform of output voltage and capacitor voltage. [6]
b) Draw neat circuit diagram of three Op-amp Instrumentation amplifier.
Enlist the advantages of Instrumentation amplifier. [6]
c) Draw circuit diagram of inverting symmetrical Schmitt trigger and plot
hysteresis and explain in short. [6]
[6002]-120 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1493 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-121
S.E. (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (204184)
Q1) a) What is queue? Explain insertion and deletion operation in queue with
suitable example. [6]
b) Write an algorithm for evaluating a postfix expressioin using stack. [6]
c) Evaluate following postfix expression with the help of stack. [5]
53 + 62/*35*+
OR
Q2) a) Write necessary C functions, PUSH and POP, to implement STACK of
integers using array. [6]
b) Compare stacks and queues. [6]
c) Explain the concept of circular queue with an example. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Define the following terms with suitable example. [6]
i) Strictly binary tree
ii) AVL tree
iii) Skewed binary tree
b) Construct a binary search tree for the following set of elements. [6]
5, 2, 8, 4, 1, 9, 7
Traverse the resulting binary search tree in post-order manner.
c) What is threaded binary search tree. Explain with suitable example. [5]
OR
Q6) a) From the given traversal construct the binary tree. [6]
Inorder : D B F E A G C L J H K
Postorder : D F E B G L J K H C A
b) Explain with suitable example how binary tree can be represented
using. [6]
i) Array
ii) Linked List
c) Construct a binary search tree for the for following data. [5]
CAR, BAG, MAN, ADD, SAD, FAN, TAN
Q7) a) What do you mean by adjacency matrix and adjacency list. Give the
adjacency matrix and adjacency list of the following graph. [6]
[6002]-121 2
b) Construct a minimum spanning tree for the following graph using
Kruskal’s Algorithm. [6]
[6002]-121 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1494 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-122
S.E. (Electronics & Computer Engineering)
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (204203)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve question Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume the suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Differentiate between programmed I/O and interrupt driven I/O. [4]
b) Explain any two DMA data transfer modes. [6]
c) Explain functions of following blocks of 8237: [8]
• Priority encoder
• Program command control
OR
Q2) a) Write short note on programmed I/O. [4]
b) Explain different methods to handle multiple interrupt request. [6]
c) What is DMA ? Explain DMA cycle stealing. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain in detail pipeline performance. [9]
b) Depict the concept of Instruction level parallelism. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss the architecture of Pentium 4 processor. [9]
b) Explain Design issues of Super scalar processor. [9]
[6002]-122 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1495 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-123
S.E. (Electronics & Computer Engineering)
PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (204206)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve question Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume the suitable data, if necessary.
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is garbage collection in Java? Explain use of finalize ( ) method in
Java. [8]
b) Explain about abstract class in Java with suitable example. [10]
[6002]-123 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1496 [6002]-124
[Total No. of Pages : 3
Q1) a) Differentiate between pre - emptivel & non - pre - emptive scheduling.[6]
b) Consider the following processes arrival time and burst time are as shown.
Calculate average waiting time and average turnaround time using FCFS
scheduling algorithm. [6]
Process Arrival time Burst time
P1 02 02
P2 05 06
P3 00 04
P4 00 07
P5 07 04
OR
Q2) a) What is meant by system calls in operating system? Why system calls
are necessary in OS? Explain the working of System Calls in OS. [6]
b) In the following example, there are five processes named as P1 ,P2, P3,
P4, and P5. Their arrival time and burst time are given below in the table.
If the CPU scheduling policy is Round Robin with time quantum = 2
unit, calculate the average waiting time and average turnaround time. [6]
[6002]-124 1 P.T.O.
Process Arrival time Burst time
P1 00 05
P2 01 03
P3 02 01
P4 03 02
P5 04 03
Q3) a) What is Inter Process Communication (IPC)? Explain the terms Shared
Memory and message passing for IPC. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Write a note on
i) Dinning philosopher problem
ii) Producer consumer problem [8]
b) Find out the safe sequence for the execution of the following processes
using banker’s algorithm. [8]
Maximum resources R1 =13, R2= 7, R3=10
Allocation Matrix Maximum Required
Process R1 R2 R3 Process R1 R2 R3
P1 02 01 01 P1 04 03 03
P2 07 02 03 P2 07 02 04
P3 03 02 02 P3 04 02 05
P4 01 01 03 P4 05 03 03
OR
[6002]-124 2
Q6) a) What is Memory Segmentation? What is need of Memory Segmentation?
How Does Memory Segmentation Work? What are the advantages and
disadvantages of Memory Segmentation. [8]
b) What is I/O buffering? Explain double I/O buffering and state its
advantages and disadvantages. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Direct Memory Access (DMA) I/O data transfer technique with
suitable block diagram. [6]
… … …
[6002]-124 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1497 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-125
S.E. (Electrical Engineering)
POWER GENERATION TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (203141)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable additional data, if necessory.
5) Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.
Q3) a) Compare vertical axis and horizontal axis wind turbine. [4]
b) Explain historical development of wind power. [6]
c) Derive the relation of power in wind and explain impact of tower height
on power generation in wind energy system. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Write in brief advantages and disadvantages of wind energy. [4]
b) Explain any two speed control techniques used in wind turbine to extract
maximum power. [6]
c) With neat diagram explain different components and their functions in
horizontal axis wind turbine. [7]
[6002]-125 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the terms. [4]
i) Concentration ratio
ii) Cloudy index
b) Explain the methods of measurements of solar radiations. [6]
c) Explain the working of PV cell and simplest Equivalent Circuit for a
photovoltaic Cell. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the terms. [4]
i) Solar radiations
ii) Solar constant
b) Explain the impact of shading on PV systems I-V curve. [6]
c) With the help of diagram explain the main concept of solar thermal power
plant? [8]
Q7) a) What is a grid connected renewable system, explain with neat skech.[4]
b) Explain the process of municipal solid waste to energy conversion. [6]
c) Write a short note on [7]
i) Biomass energy
ii) Fuel cell energy
OR
Q8) a) Explain standalone renewable system with neat diagram. [4]
b) Describe the fuel cell. How they are used for energy storage requirement?
[6]
c) Write a short note on. [7]
i) Geothermal energy
ii) Ocean energy
[6002]-125 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1498 [6002]-126
[Total No. of Pages : 2
S.E. (Electrical)
MATERIAL SCIENCE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (203142)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
[6002]-126 1 P.T.O.
c) A magnetic field strength of a material is 106 A/m. Given that magnetic
susceptibility of material at room temperature is 1.25x 10–3. Calculate[6]
i) Induced magnetization.
ii) Flux density
iii) Permeability
OR
Q4) a) Compare paramagnetic and ferromagnetic material. [6]
b) Explain ferromagnetic and ferrimagnetic material and their application.[6]
c) Differentiate between soft and hard magnetic material. [6]
[6002]-126 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1499 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-127
S.E. (Electrical)
ANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (203143)
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw and explain frequency response characteristics of low pass & high
pass filters. [6]
b) Explain working of IC 555 as astable multivibrator. [6]
c) Draw a neat circuit diagram of LM-317 and derive formula for variable
voltage available at the output in terms of circuit parameters. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Explain high pass filter using OP-AMP with its frequency response. [6]
b) Explain working of IC 555 as monostable multivibrator. [6]
c) Explain the function of 78XX and 79XX voltage regulator. [5]
Q7) a) Draw neat diagram and waveforms of single phase half wave rectifier
with resistive load. Define: [6]
i) Efficiency.
ii) Form factor.
iii) Ripple factor.
iv) Peak inverse voltage.
b) Explain full wave centre tapped rectifier supplying resistive load with
circuit diagram and waveforms. [6]
c) Draw and explain the operation of single phase bridge rectifier supplying
RL load. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the working of single phase full wave bridge rectifier with RL
load. [6]
b) A voltage of 200 sin (100π*t) is applied to a half wave rectifier with a load
resistance of 10 kΩ. Calculate the maximum current, RMS current,
average current, AC input power and ripple factor. [6]
c) Draw neat diagram of three phase full wave bridge rectifier with R load
and explain its working. [6]
[6002]-127 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1500 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-128
S.E. (Electrical Engineering)
ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (203144)
i) Phase voltage
OR
Q2) a) Draw circuit diagram and phasor diagram for one wattmeter method for
reactive power measurement in a 3 phase star connected (R+L) load.
Explain this method in brief. [6]
P.T.O.
b) When two wattmeter method is used for measurement of power in a
three phase balanced circuit, comment upon the readings of the two
wattmeter under following conditions. [6]
Q3) a) With suitable block diagram explain working of static energy meter. [6]
OR
c) Derive torque equation of induction type energy meter with usual notations.
[5]
[6002]-128 2
Q5) a) Explain any two types of resistive transducers. [6]
b) Explain Phase angle measurement by Lissajous pattern. [6]
c) With suitable diagram explain construction and working of McLeod gauge.
[5]
OR
Q6) a) State detail classification of transducers. [6]
b) With suitable diagram explain constructional details and working of pirani
gauge. [6]
c) With suitable diagram, explain current and frequency measurement by
CRO. [5]
[6002]-128 3
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
i) pq ii) np
ez
b) The poles of f ( z ) are [1]
( z 1)( z 3 2 )
i) z = 1,2 ii) z = 3, –1
iii) z = 3/2, –1 iv) z = 1, 3/2
c) In a poisson probability distribution if n = 100, p = 0.01 p(r = 0) is
given by, [2]
i) 2/e ii) 4/e
iii) 1/e iv) 3/e
d) If = 2x2 – 3y2 + 4z2, then curl (grad ) is, [2]
i) 3 ii) 4 xiˆ 6 y ˆj 8 z kˆ
iii) 0 iv) 4x – 6y + 2z
P.T.O.
z 1
e) Residue of f ( z ) at a pole z = i is, [2]
z 2 1
i 1 1 i
i) ii)
2i 2
i 1 1 i
iii) iv)
2i 2i
2k
f) z-transform of f (k ) k > 0 is given by [2]
k!
i) ez/2 ii) e2z
iii) ez iv) e2/z
e ax
Q2) a) Find the fourier sine transform of . [5]
x
b) Attempt any one : [5]
i) Find z-transform of f (k) = 3(2k) – 4(3k) k > 0
z
ii) Find the inverse z-transform of f ( z ) ( z 2)( z 3) ; | z | 3
2k
i) Find z-transform of f (k ) , k 1
k
ii) Find inverse z-transform of
z2 1
f ( z) ; | z | 1
1 2
( z 1) z
2
[6002]-129 2
b) Solve the integral equation : [5]
1 0 1
f ( x)sin x dx 2 1 2
0 0 2
a | x | | x| a
f ( x)
0 | x | a
sin 2 x
Hence, find the value of
0 x2
dx
Q4) a) First four moments about the value 4 are1, 4, 10 and 45. Find first
four moments about mean, coefficient of skewness and kurtosis. [5]
b) Find correlation coefficient for following distribution, [5]
x 5 9 15 19
y 7 9 14 21
[6002]-129 3
Q6) a) Find directional derivative of = xy2 + yz3 at (1, –1, 1) along the
direction normal to the surface x2 + y2 + z2 = 9 at (1, 2, 2) [5]
b) Show that the vector Field. [5]
F (2 x y z )iˆ ( x y z 2 ) ˆj (3 x 2 y 4 z ) kˆ
OR
Q7) a) Find directional derivative of = 4y2z – 2xz3 at (1, 2, –1) along the
line x – 1 = 2(y + 1) = z – 2 [5]
b) Show that (any one) : [5]
1
i) . r 3 3 / r 4
r
a r a 3(a . r )
ii) 3 3 r
r r r5
( xydx y dy ) .
2
[5]
C
Q8) a) If V = 3x2y – y3, find its harmonic conjugate u. Also find f(z) = u + iv
interms of z. [5]
4z2 z
b) Use Cauchy's integral formula to evaluate ( z 1)( z 1) dz where C is
C
1
the circle z 1 [5]
2
c) Find a bilinear transformation which maps the points –i, 0, 2 + i of the
z-plane onto the points 0, –2i, 4 of the w-plane. [5]
[6002]-129 4
OR
Q9) a) If f(z) = u + iv is analytic, find f(z) if u – v = (x – y) (x2 + 4xy + y2). [5]
ez dz 1
b) Evaluate , where C is the circle z 1 using Cauchy's
C
( z 1) ( z 2) 2
Integral formula. [5]
z 1
c) Find the map of the straight line y = x under the transformation w
z 1
[5]
[6002]-129 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1502 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-130
S.E. (Electrical)
POWER SYSTEM - I
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (203145)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Make suitable assumption whenever necessary.
Q1) a) Define term 'Sag' and explain factors affecting sag of transmission line.[5]
b) With neat diagram, explain construction and application of any two of the
following type of insulators. i) Pin Type Insulator ii) Strain type insulator.
Write application of each type of insulator. [8]
c) The weight of the overhead line conductor is 600 kg/km. The ultimate
strength is 3000 kg. If the safety factor is 2. Find i) Sag ii) Height above
which conductor should be supported if ground clearance required is 6
meters. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Derive an expression for sag in case of overhead transmission line when
the supports are at unequal level. Explain the meaning of every term in
derivation. Draw a neat diagram. [6]
b) How wind and ice loading affect the presence of sag. [6]
c) A string of suspension insulators consists of four units. The capacitance
between each link and earth is one tenth of the self-capacitance of a unit.
The voltage between line conductor and earth is 100 kV. Find i) Voltage
distribution across each unit ii) String efficiency. [6]
Q3) a) Derive an expression for internal and external flux linkages of a conductor
caring current ‘I’ ampere. [8]
b) Explain the concept of Geometric mean radius (GMR) or self GMR in
case of transmission lines. [4]
c) A 50 Hz, overhead transmission line consisting of three conductors each of
diameter 1.24 centimeter and spaced 2 meters apart. Calculate the inductance
per phase per kilometer when conductors are equilateral spacing. [5]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Derive an expression for inductance of three phase transmission line with
symmetrical spacing. Draw a neat diagram. [7]
b) Write a short note on proximity effect. [4]
c) A three phase 50 Hz overhead transmission line consist of three conductors
each of diameter 0.3 centimeter. The spacing between the conductors are
as follows. Between A and B = 4 meter, B and C = 4.5 meter and between
A and C = 5.2 meter. Find inductance and inductive reactance per phase
per kilometer of line. [6]
Q7) a) Give classification of transmission line with voltage, length, and line
parameters. [5]
b) A balanced three phase load of 30 MW is supplied at 132 kV, 50 Hz and
0.85 power factor lagging by means of transmission line. The series
impedance of single conductor is (20+j 52) ohm and total phase to neural
admittance is 315*10–6 Siemens. Using nominal “T” method determine
A, B, C and D constants of the line. Write units of each constant. [7]
c) With a neat circuit diagram, derive an expression for A, B, C and D
constants of short transmission line. Draw a neat phasor diagram. [5]
OR
[6002]-130 2
Q8) a) Obtain the relationship between sending end voltage and current in terms
of receiving end voltage and current for a medium transmission line using
"nominal T" method. Draw a neat phasor diagram. [7]
b) A single-phase overhead transmission line delivers 2000 kW at 33 kV at
0.85 power factor lagging. The total resistance and inductive reactance of
the line are 10 ohm and 15 ohms respectively. Determine i) Sending end
voltage ii) Sending end power factor iii) Transmission efficiency. [6]
c) Write a short note on Ferranti effect. [4]
[6002]-130 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1503 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-131
S.E. (Electrical Engineering)
ELECTRICAL MACHINES - I
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (203146)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.
P.T.O.
c) A 250 V d.c. shunt motor has an armature circuit resistance of 0.5 Ohm
and a field circuit resistance of 125 Ohm. It drives a load at 1000 r.p.m.
and takes 25 A. The field circuit resistance is then slowly increased to
150 Ohm If the load torque remains constant, calculate the new speed
and armature current. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What is meant by reactance voltage in ease of commutation in DC
machine? [3]
b) Draw the circuit diagram & explain the speed control of DC shunt motor
by flux control also draw the nature of graph (Field current Vs. Speed).[6]
c) Draw the connection diagram of 3 point starter used for DC shunt motor
& explain the function of (i) Hold on coil & (ii) Over load coil. [8]
Q5) a) Draw the power flow diagram of 3-ph Induction motor. [4]
b) A 6 pole, 3 phase induction motor is connected to 400 volt, 50 Hz ac
supply. Calculate- [6]
i) the speed of rotating magnetic field of the motor
ii) speed of motor at 2% slip
iii) the rotor emf frequency at 2% slip
c) Compare 3 phase slip-ring induction motor with Squirrel cage induction
motor (Minimum 4 points of comparison expected) [8]
OR
Q6) a) Derive the condition for maximum torque under running of 3 phase
induction motors with usual notations. [4]
b) With suitable diagram explain constructional details of 3pahse slipring
induction motor. [6]
c) Explain concept of rotating magnetic field in ease of 3 phase induction
motor.
Draw respective phasor diagrams and write respective equations [8]
[6002]-131 2
Q7) a) With a suitable diagram explain rotor resistance starter for three-phase
induction motor. [7]
b) With suitable circuit diagram explain no load and blocked rotor test on 3
phase induction motor. Also write respective formulate involved in
calculation part for determining he respective parameters. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Obtain the approximate equivalent circuit diagrams of 3-ph induction motor
step by step. Also draw the phasor diagram of 3 phase induction motor.[7]
b) Using data from No load & Blocked rotor test on 3-ph induction motor,
write down the calculations and draw circle diagram Indicate different
losses and point of maximum torque in the circle diagram. [10]
[6002]-131 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1504 [Total No. of Pages : 5
[6002]-132
S.E. (Electrical Engineering)
NETWORK ANALYSIS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (203147)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Obtain the expression for current flowing through Inductor in series RL
circuit and voltage across capacitor in series RC circuit connected to a d.
c. voltage V for t > 0. Assume initial current flowing through Inductor is
zero. [10]
b) The switch is closed at t = 0 for the network shown in Fig. No.1 Find
di t
i(t), at t=0+, if inductor has zero current flowing through it initially is
dt
zero. [7]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) A series R-L-C circuit shown in fig. No.2, find current i(t) using
conventional method. The switch is closed at t = 0. [10]
b) What is time constant? Explain time constant in case of series R-C and
series R-L circuit. [7]
d 2i t di t
2 2
7 6i t 0 with I(0–) = 0 and I'(0–)=1
dt dt
OR
Q4) a) A series RL circuit in Fig No.3, the switch is closed at t=0. Find the
expression for i(t) using Laplace Transform method. [6]
[6002]-132 2
b) Find Laplace Transform of the waveform given in Fig No.4. [6]
F s
s 2
s s 3 s 4
Q5) a) Design constant K high pass filter T and section having fc = 5kHz and
nominal characteristic R0 = 600. [9]
b) What is Low pass filter? Derive the expression for the cut-off frequency
of prototype High pass filter in terms of L and C. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Find the transmission parameters of the network shown in Fig. No.5.[9]
[6002]-132 3
Q7) a) Find Driving point Admittance Y(S) of given network Fig. No.6. [10]
1
Y s .
Z s
H s Z1 s Z 2 ....
Z s
s P1 s P2 ....
[6002]-132 4
b) Define the following terms : [8]
i) Transfer impedance function
ii) Transfer admittance function
iii) Poles of system function
iv) Zeros of system function
[6002]-132 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1505 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6002]-133
S.E. (Electrical Engineering)
NUMERICAL METHODS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (203148)
Q1) a) Derive the formula for Newton’s divided difference for the interpolation
when the data is unequally spaced. [6]
b) Construct the forward difference table and hence find the missing value
corresponding to x = 20. [6]
x 0 10 20 30 40 50
y = f (x) 22 28 ? 45 57 85
c) Use Sterling’s interpolation formula and hence find the value of y when
x = 28 [6]
x 20 25 30 35 40
y = f (x) 49225 48316 47236 45926 44306
OR
Q2) a) The breakdown voltage of the gaseous insulating material experiment
was carried out at the material science laboratory. The distance between
two electrodes was increased from 0 to 3 cm and its corresponding
breakdown voltage (kV) reading was recorded which is shown in the
table below. [6]
Distance between two electrodes (cm) 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
Breakdown Voltage (kV) 4.5 9 15 25 32.5 48.7
Find the breakdown voltage in kV when the distance between the
electrodes is 2.8 cm. Use Newton’s backward interpolation formula.
P.T.O.
b) Use Lagrange’s interpolation formula and hence find the value of y when
x = 0. [6]
x –2 1 3 7
y = f (x) 5 7 11 34
c) Construct the forward difference table for the following data. [6]
x 8 12 16 20 24
f (x) 48 54 60 74 98
Hence find the value of f (x) when x=10 by using Newton’s forward
interpolation method.
Q3) a) Evaluate the integral using the trapezoidal rule. Take h = 0.5, k = 0.5.[6]
1 1
z = ( x + 2 y ) dxdy
0 0
b) Find the y(0) and y'(0) from the given table. Use Newton’s forward
interpolation formula. [6]
x 0 1 2 3 4
f (x) 3 7 15 6 2
c) Evaluate by using Simpson's (3/8). Take h = 0.2. [5]
5.2
I= log ( x)dx
4
e
OR
π
Q4) a) Evaluate the integral using the Simpson's 1/3rd rule. Take h = k = [6]
4
π
2 π
z= π cos( x + y) dxdy
0
2
b) From the following table with the values of x and y, find the first and
second derivatives when x =10. Use Newton’s backward interpolation
formula. [6]
x 2 4 6 8 10
f (x) 4.7183 5.0552 7.3891 9.4789 12.4132
[6002]-133 2
c) Apply Simpon’s 1/3rd rule taking h = 0.25 [5]
1
dx
I =
0
2 + x2
Q5) a) Apply Gauss Elimination Method to solve the following set of equations.[6]
x + 4y – z = –5
x + y –6z = –12
3x –y –z = 4
b) Use the Jacobi’s method to solve the following set of equations. Consider
the initial approximation as x(0) = y(0) =z(0) = 0. Solve only 5 iterations. [6]
15x + 4y –z =17
3x +15y –6z = –18
2x –3y + 15z = 25
c) Use the Gauss Jordan method to find the inverse of the following matirx.
[6]
1 1 3
A= 1 3 −3
−2 −4 −4
OR
Q6) a) Apply the Gauss Jordan method to solve the following equations. [6]
x+ y + z = 9
2x –3y + 4z = 13
3x + 4y + 5z = 40
b) Use the Seidel method to solve the following set of equations. Consider
the initial approximation as x(0) = y(0) = z(0) = 0. Solve only 4 iterations.[6]
10x + 2y + z = 9
2x + 20y –2z= –44
–2x + 3y + 10z = 22
c) Explain the Gauss Elimination method used for the solution of the linear
simultaneous equation. (Problem is not expected. Just write in detail
steps). [6]
[6002]-133 3
Q7) a) Use the Euler’s method to solve the following ordinary differential equation
and hence find the value of y (1.2) taking the step size as h = 0.4. [6]
dy
=x+ y
dx
y (0) = 1
b) Use the Runge-Kutta method of fourth order, Solve the following ODE
and find the value of y (0.2) and y'(0.2). Correct to four decimal places.[6]
y'' = y + xy'
The initial conditions given are x = 0, y = 1.5, y' = 0
c) Derive the expression for the Taylor's series method used to solve the
ordinary differential equation. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Solve the following ordinary differential equation by using Runge-Kutta
fourth order method. Find the value of y when x=0.2, x = 0.4. The initial
approximation is y(0) =1. [6]
dy
= x + 2 y2
dx
b) Find the y(0.1) and y(0.2) by using Taylor's series method. Consider the
terms up to fourth derivative. Consider the initial value as y(0)=1. [6]
dy
= x2 y − 1
dx
c) Derive the expression for Modified Euler's method used to solve the
ordinary differential equation. [5]
[6002]-133 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1506 [6002]-134
[Total No. of Pages : 2
S.E. ( Electrical)
FUNDAMENTALS OF MICROCONTROLLER AND
APPLICATIONS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (203149)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Ques. Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
c) Draw the TCON and TMOD register and explain use of individual bits
of both the registers. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Write a short note on C Data types for 8051 microcontroller. [5]
[6002]-134 1 P.T.O.
b) Write down the steps in executing on an interrupt. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Draw the IE register and explain the functions of bits EA, ET0 and EX0.
[5]
b) Write down the steps to program ADC 0809. [5]
c) Draw interfacing diagram of ADC and draw a flow chart to read ADC.
[7]
Q5) a) Explain how the BAUD rate is set for serial communication in 8051
microcontroller. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Draw the SCON register and explain use of individual bits of the register
in detail. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the function of an electromechanical relay and draw an interfacing
diagram of relay with microcontroller 8051 with suitable drive circuit.[7]
… … …
[6002]-134 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1507 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-135
S.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (206261)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Discuss any vacuum gauge tester in detail with a diagram. [8]
b) Draw and discuss the dead weight tester with diagram. How will you
calibrate bourdon tube pressure gauge with it? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Draw and discuss the motion balance system. Write the significance of it.
[8]
b) What are the various types of manometers? Discuss U-tube manometer
in detail with diagram. [9]
Q3) a) Draw and discuss the bimetallic thermometer. Discuss in detail with one
application. [9]
b) What is RTD? How do you measure temperature with RTD. Discuss the
signal conditioning circuitry for it. [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is lead wire compensations for RTD? Discuss 2-wire and 3-wire
compensation techniques. [9]
b) Discuss the working of thermocouples using seebeck effect with diagram.
What are the various types of thermocouples? Discuss “J” and “k” type.
[9]
Q5) a) How do anemometers measure fluid flow velocity, discuss with diagram.
What are their limitations? [8]
b) Discuss Doppler and transit-type flowmeters with diagram. [9]
OR
[6002]-135 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Discuss Bernoulli’s Principle. What are the head-type flowmeters? Explain
one in detail with diagram. [8]
b) How do you measure flow using an electromagnetic flow meter? Discuss
with diagram. [9]
Q7) a) How does the falling and rolling ball viscometer used to measure the
viscosity? Discuss. [9]
b) How does a chain-balanced float-type density meter work? Discuss with
diagram. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Briefly explain the function of pH sensors in measuring the acidity or
alkalinity of a solution with diagram. [9]
b) Describe the working principle of capacitive humidity sensors with
diagram. [9]
[6002]-135 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1508 [6002]-136
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q1) a) Explain the working principle of practical integrator circuit with neat circuit
diagram and derivation of output equation. [9]
i) Current booster
ii) Isolation amplifiers
OR
Q2) a) Explain the working principle of practical differentiator circuit with neat
circuit diagram and derivation of output equation. [8]
b) Design and implement the circuit using op-amp to get the output expression
as Vo = 2V1 – 4V2 + 5V3 [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the working of Half wave Precision Rectifier with appropriate
equations. [9]
b) Design a phase shift oscillator to oscillate at 200 Hz. [9]
[6002]-136 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe working of astable multivibrator with necessary diagrams and
derivations. [9]
b) Explain with one application, the working of IC CD 4051 as analog
multiplexer. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Draw pin diagram of IC 555 and explain working of each pin. [8]
b) Describe working of monostable multivibrator with necessary diagrams
and derivations. [9]
Q7) a) Define filter. Draw practical and ideal frequency response plots of low
pass, high pass, band pass, band stop filter. [9]
b) Design low pass first order Butterworth filter having cut off frequency
1 kHz with passband gain of 2. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Differentiate between active and passive filter. [3]
b) Define line, load regulation, ripple rejection of voltage regulator. [6]
c) Draw and explain circuit for generating 15V supply using IC7815. [9]
[6002]-136 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1509 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-137
S.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (206263)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Write any two differences between 1:1 oscilloscope probe and 10:1
oscilloscope probe. [4]
b) What are the advantages of Digital Storage oscilloscope over Dual
Trace oscilloscope. [4]
c) What is Lissajous pattern? How it can be used to measure unknown
frequency and phase difference between two sine waveforms. [9]
OR
Q2) a) With neat waveforms explain the measurement of frequency by sweep
method and Lissajous pattern method is dual trace oscilloscope. [8]
b) With neat waveforms explain the ALT and CHOP modes in dual trace
oscilloscope. [6]
c) One cycle of triangular waveform when applied to Y-channel of CRO
occupies 7 horizontal divisions. The time per division setting is at 0.5
mS/div. Calculate the frequency of the signal. [3]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Enlist the various bridge circuits you have studied and mention the
measurement carried out using these bridges. [6]
b) In Wien bridge at balanced condition the values of components in bridge
arms are as follows.
R1=1250Ω, R2 = 820Ω,R3 = 2200Ω, R4 = 3300Ω and C1 = 6.8 μf & C3
= 2.2 μf Calculate the value of bridge supply frequency. [6]
c) Draw circuit diagram of general AC bridge and derive the equation for the
balanced condition of the bridge. [6]
Q5) a) What are the advantages of digital instruments over analog instruments.
[6]
b) 8-bit SAR type ADC is used in a certain application with reference
voltage of 5 V. The clock used has a frequency of 1 MHz. Determine the
digital output and conversion time when the analog input voltage is 2.25
volts. [6]
c) Describe any three specification of ADC. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Draw general block diagram of digital multimeter and explain its working.
[9]
b) An 8-bit ADC has input range of 5V. Determine resolution, digital output
for input voltage of 1.55 V and quantization error. [6]
c) For R-2R type DAC, Rf=1.5 Kohms, R = 1 Kohms and reference
voltage is 5 V. Calculate the analog output for digital input of (011011)2.
[3]
Q7) a) With the help of neat diagram, explain the galvanometric type recorder.[9]
b) Classify recorders. List the different writing mechanisms. Explain ink
filled system for generating record. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Differentiate between Virtual Instruments and traditional instruments. [8]
b) Describe the working of strip chart recorder with reference to block
diagram. What do you mean by multichannel recorder? [9]
[6002]-137 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1510 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-138
S.E. (Instrumentation)
CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (206264)
Q1) a) Explain the Pneumatic power supply with neat sketch. [6]
b) Compare Pneumatic System with Electric System (any 4 important
points.) [6]
c) State the necessity of FRL unit in Pneumatic System. [5]
OR
Q2) a) List various types of direction control valve. Explain any one in details.[6]
b) Compare pneumatic System with Hydraulic System (any 4 important
points.) [6]
c) What is cushioning of air cylinder. State its effect on the cylinder
performance. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw and Explain working of SCR. Give its application. [10]
b) Draw and Explain working of TRIAC. [7]
OR
Q6) a) List various commutation techniques. Explain any one in detail. Write its
applications. [10]
b) Draw and Explain circuit of an IGBT. Explain its various parts. [7]
[6002]-138 2
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
P-1511 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6002]-139
S.E. (Instrumentation Engineering)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (207008)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Question No. 1 is compulsory
2) Attmept Q.2 or Q.3, Q.4 or Q.5, Q.6 or Q.7, Q.8 or Q.9.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
1 2
i) ii)
r3 r4
-2 6
iii) r iv)
r4 r4
P.T.O.
z
e) For f ( z ) = the residue of f (z) at the pole z = – 2 is, [2]
( z -1)( z + 2)
1
i) 1/3 ii)
2
iii) 2/3 iv) 1
f) The fourier sine transform fs() of [2]
ì
ï1 0 < x < 2
f ( x) = ï
í is
ï
î0
ï x>2
1 - cos 2l sin 2l
i) ii)
l l
cos 2l -1 sin 2l
iii) iv) -
l l
Q2) a) Find the Fourier cosine integral representation for the function [5]
ì
ï x2 , 0 < x < a
ï
f ( x) = í
ï
î 0 , x>a
ï
Find z transform of f (k ) = 4 sin(2k + 3), k ³ 0 .
k
b) [5]
c) Solve the difference equation [5]
æ1ö
k
1
f (k + 1) + f (k ) = çç ÷÷÷ , k ³ 0, f (0) = 0 .
2 çè 2 ø
OR
Z2
Q3) a) Find the inverse Z-transform of F ( Z ) = 2 by inversion integral
Z +1
method. [5]
b) Solve the integral equaiton [5]
¥
ì
ï
ï1- l, 0 £ l £ 1
ò f ( x )sin l x dx = í
ï
î 0 , l ³1
ï
0
[6002]-139 2
Q4) a) Find the first four moments about A mean for following distribution,
x 1 2 3 4 5
f req 9 11 5 8 7 [5]
[6002]-139 3
Q7) a) Find directional derivative of = 4xz3 – 3x2y2z at (2, –1, 2) to wards the
point iˆ + ˆj - kˆ . [5]
b) Show that (any one) : [5]
i) 4 (r 2 log r ) = 6 / r 2
æ a ´ r ö -a 3(a ⋅ r )
ii) x çç 3 ÷÷÷ = 3 + r
çè r ø r r5
y
Q8) a) If v = - , find u such that f (z) = u + iv is analytic. determine f (z)
x2 + y 2
in terms of z. [5]
z2 - z +1 1
b) Evaluate ò z -1
dz where C is the circle | z |= .
2
[5]
c
[6002]-139 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Apply the signal flow graph technique to determine the closed-loop gain
of the system shown in Figure 1. [9]
b) Reduce the block diagram shown in Figure 2 into canonical form, also
obtain its control ratio [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Use block diagram reduction rules for the system shown in Figure 3 to
determine the transfer function C(s) /R(s) [9]
C( s)
b) Determine the transfer function R s of the system shown in the Figure 4[9]
( )
Q3) a) For the unity feedback system with open loop transfer function
25
G(s) =
s ( s + 6 ) determine rise time, peak time, peak overshoot and
settling time. [9]
K
G (s) =
s ( s + 20 )( s + 30 )
2
Determine steady state error coefficients and also the value of K to limit
error to 10 units due to input
r ( t ) = 1 + 10t + 20t 2
OR
[6002]-140 2
Q4) a) The open loop transfer function of a feedback control system is given by
K ( s + 1)
G (s)H(s) =
s (1 + T s )(1 + 2 s )
Determine the error co-efficients and errors due to the unit positional input,
unit velocity input and unit acceleration input : if K = 10 and T = 4. [9]
b) Define the following [8]
1) Delay time
2) Rise time
3) Peak time
4) Settling time
Q5) a) Determine the stability of a system whose closed loop transfer function is
given by
C( s) 2s + 5
= 5
R ( s ) s + 1.5s + 2 s 3 + 4 s 2 + 5s + 10
4
If the system is unstable, how many roots will have positive real part?[8]
b) Draw the root locus plot for a system having open-loop transfer function
as [10]
K
G (s)H(s) =
s ( s + 1)( s + 3)
OR
Q6) a) Using Routh-Hurwitz criterion determine the relation between K and T so
that unity feedback control system with open loop transfer function given
below is stable [8]
K
G(s) =
s s ( s + 10 ) + T
b) Draw the root locus plot for a system having open-loop transfer function
as [10]
K
G (s)H(s) =
s ( s + 2 )( s + 4 )
[6002]-140 3
1 1
Q7) a) Sketch the polar plots for and 2 [7]
s s
b) Draw the bode plot for a unity feedback system whose open-loop transfer
function is given by [10]
10
G (s) =
s ( s + 1)( 0.02 s + 1)
OR
sT
Q8) a) Sketch the polar plot for G ( s ) = . [7]
1+ sT
b) Draw the bode plot for a unity feedback system whose open-loop transfer
function is given by [10]
10
G (s) =
s ( 0.01s + 1)( 0.1s + 1)
Determine
[6002]-140 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Design and explain full subtractor circuit with logic table, k-map, logic
equation and logic diagram. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Design and explain full adder circuit with logic table, k-map, logic
equation and logic diagram. [9]
Q3) a) Draw and expjain SR flip-flop along with logic diagram, truth table.[9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is buffer register? Discuss working of shift registers along with
logic diagram, timing diagram and function-table. [9]
OR
OR
Q8) a) Classify logic families. Compare in details TTL with CMOS. [9]
[6002]-141 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Illustrate two position and floating control mode in brief with neat
sketch. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain direct and reverse action for controller in brief with suitable
examples. [9]
Q3) a) Illustrate Ziegler Nichols close loop tuning method in detail. [8]
b) Derive an expression for digital PID velocity algorithm and state the
merit of velocity algorithm. [9]
OR
b) Derive an expression for digital PID position algorithm and state the
limitation of position algorithm. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Comment on cavitation in brief and suggest the method to reduce it.
[9]
b) State the necessity of sizing in control valve, list the selection criteria’s
for control valve and explain : [9]
i) Rangeability,
OR
Q6) a) Comment on flashing in brief and suggest the suitable method used to
reduce it. [9]
b) Specify the need of final control element in process and explain globe
and butterfly control valve in detail with neat sketch. [9]
Q7) a) List types of actuators, explain any one with neat sketch and state its
advantages, disadvantages and applications. [8]
OR
Q8) a) State the significance of volume boosters and explain volume booster
in brief. [8]
b) Specify the need of positioners, state its application, types and discuss
effect of positioner on performance of control valve. [9]
[6002]-142 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1515 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-143
S.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (206271)
Q1) a) Obtain the Fourier series of the periodic signal x (t) shown in following
figure. [10]
b) Find the Fourier Series Coefficients of signal x(t)=1+2 sin (ω0t)+2 cos
(2ω0t). [8]
OR
Q2) a) List out the properties of continuous time Fourier Series. Prove the linearity
property. [10]
b) Give the Dirichlet conditions for continuous time Fourier series. Find the
Fourier Series Coefficients of signal x (t)= cos (ω0t). [8]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Determine the Fourier transform of the following continuous time signals.[10]
i) x (t) = δ (t–t0)
ii) x (t) = cos (ω0t)
b) List out the properties of continuous time Fourier Transform. Prove the
Time Shifting property. [7]
1
Q5) a) Determine x (t )if X (s) = with [10]
( s + 1)( s + 2)
i) Re (s) > – 1
ii) Re (s) < – 2
b) List out the properties of Laplace Transform. State and Prove the
convolution property of Laplace Transform. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Find the Laplace Transform of following signals. [10]
–t –2t
i) x (t) = (2e –e ) u (t)
ii) x (t) = e–t sin (2t)
b) Define the region of convergence (RoC) of Laplace Transform. If
1
Laplace Transform of a signal x(t )is X ( s) = , draw a sketch of
( s + 1)
RoC when x(t) is left handed and when x (t) is Right handed. [8]
[6002]-143 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1516 [6002]-144
[Total No. of Pages : 3
Q1) a) Illustrate negative indexing in list with an example. Also describe list
slicing with examples. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write a python program to store student’s marks into an array and finding
total marks and percentage of marks. [8]
b) Write a python program to explain following operation on matrix. [6]
[6002]-144 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Illustrate the following Map methods with an example. [12]
i) Length ()
ii) Contains (key)
iii) Add (key, value)
iv) Remove (key)
v) Value of (key)
vi) Iterator()
b) Elaborate set ADT and it’s operations in python programming. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Design and implement a multidimensional array to do the following
operations: [9]
i) Constructor
ii) Dimensionality and Length
iii) Element access
b) Write a python program to add and remove items from a given set. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Develop a function to push student’s information to stack. Write the
push operation of stack containing names using class. [12]
b) Write a python program to create a queue class using list methods. [5]
… … …
[6002]-144 3
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
P1517 [Total No. of Pages : 5
[6002]-145
S.E. (Chem/Petro/Printing/Polymer/Bio-Tech)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (207004)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Q.1 is compulsory.
2) Answer Q2 or Q3, Q4 or Q5, Q6 or Q7, and Q8 or Q9 .
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
1 , x > 0
a) The Fourier transform F(λ) of f ( x ) = is _____ [2]
0 x < 0
1
i) iλ ii)
iλ
1
iii) iv) λ
λ
b) The first three moments of distribution about mean are 0,16 and –64,then
standard deviation of a distribution is ______ [2]
i) 1 ii) 12
iii) 16 iv) 4
2 2
i) cos ii) cos −1
6 3
2 1
iii) Cos −1 iv) cos −1
3 6 6
[6002]-145 1 P.T.O.
∂u 2 ∂ y
2
2 θ 2 θ
iii)
π 0
Fs (λ )cot λ xd λ iv)
π 0
Fs (λ ) tan λ xd λ
Q2) a) Find the Fourier cosine integral representation for the function. [5]
x2 , 0 < x < a
f ( x) =
0, x>a
b) Using Fourier integral representation show that [5]
∞
λ s sin λ x π −x
0 λ + 4
4
d λ =
2
e cos x, where x > 0.
[6002]-145 2
1, | x |< 1
Q3) a) Find the Fourier integral representation of the function f ( x) =
0, | x |> 1
∞
& hence evaluate Sin λ cos λ x d λ
0
λ
[5]
b) By considering fourier sine & cosine integrals of e–mx (m > 0), prove that
∞
λ sin λ x π − mx
0 λ 2 + m 2 d λ =
2
e , m > 0, x > 0 [5]
f ( x)cos λ x dx = e
−λ
,λ > 0
0
Q4) a) The first four moments of a distribution about value 5 are 2,20,40 and 50.
From given information find first four central moments. Also find
coefficient of skewness and kurtosis. [5]
b) Find coefficient of correlation from given data
n=25, Σx=75, Σy = 100, Σx2 =250, Σy2=500, Σxy=325 [5]
[6002]-145 3
b) Find probability that almost 5 defective fuses will be found in a box of
200 fuses if 2% of such fuses are defective? [5]
Q6) a) Find the angle between tangents to the curve x=t2 + 1 y = t2–1, z=t at the
t=1, t=2. [5]
c) Find the work done in moving a particle once round the circle x2 + y2=9 in xy
plane. If the field of force is
F = (2 x − y + z ) i + ( x + y − z 2 ) j + (3 x − 2 y + 4 z )k . [5]
OR
2 r 2
i) Show that ∇ ∇. 2 = 4
r r
[6002]-145 4
∂u 2 ∂ u
2
∂ 2u 2 ∂ u
2
∂ 2v ∂ 2v
b) Solve the equation 2 + 2 =0 with conditions.
∂x ∂y
i) v = 0, y → 0.∀x
ii) v = 0,for x = 0.∀y
iii) v = 0 x = 1∀y
iv) v = x(1 − x), for y=0 and 0<x<1
[6002]-145 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1518 [6002]-146
[Total No. of Pages : 2
OR
Q2) a) Explain principle, technique and applications of coloum chromatography.
[6]
b) State Lambert and Beer laws and derive the combined law equation. [6]
c) What is gas chromatography? Give the operation of a gas chromatograph.
[6]
Q3) a) Explain the terms
i) Vapour pressure
ii) Molal elevation constant
iii) Vant Hoff factor (i) [6]
b) Derive the thermodynamic equation for Depreesion in frizzing point of
solution. [6]
c) The vapour pressure of aqueous solution of glucose at 373 k is 750
mmHg. Calculate molality of solution. (Pº = 760 mmHg) [5]
OR
[6002]-146 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) State and explain Henrys law and give its applications. [6]
b) Explain Vant Hoff Boyles law and Vant Hoff Charles law and combine
form. [6]
c) A solution was prepared by dissolving certain amount of compound in
31.8g of CCl4 has a boiling point of 0.392 K higher than that of pure
CCl4. If the molar mass of compound is 128 g/mol, calculate the mass
of the solute dissolved.
(Given Kb for CCl4 = 5.02 K kg/mol) [5]
[6002]-146 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1519 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-147
S.E. (Chemical)
FLUID MECHANICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (209342)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Derive Euler’s equation of motion. [6]
b) Define Bernoulli’s equation with assumptions. [6]
c) An orifice meter with orifice diameter 15cm is inserted in a pipe of 30cm
diameter the pressure difference measured by a mercury oil differential
manometer on the two sides of the orifice meter gives a reading of 50 cm
of mercury. Find the rate of flow of oil of sp. gr 0.9 when the coefficient
of discharge of the meter = 0.64. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw a neat sketch and explain the working principle of orifice meter
derives equation. [6]
b) Derive expression for Pitot tube and explain the working principle. [6]
c) A horizontal venturimeter with inlet and throat diameter 30cm and 15cm
resp is used to measure the flow rate of water. The reading of differential
monometer Connected to the inlet and throat is 20 cm of mercury
determine the rate of flow Take Cd=0.98. [6]
[6002]-147 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-2754 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-148
S.E. (Chemical)
ENGINEERING MATERIALS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (209343)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Draw Iron-Iron carbide equilibrium diagram and explain different reaction
involved. [10]
b) Explain various phases observed in Iron-Iron carbide equilibrium diagram.
[6]
OR
Q2) a) Define and write down importance of polymers in various industries.[10]
b) Write note on High and low temperature materials with example. [6]
Q5) a) Define Nanotubes in detail and write down its applications in detail. [9]
b) Explain Top-down and Bottom-up approaches method for synthesis of
nanomaterials. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain Chemical Vapor deposition method for synthesis of nanomaterials.
[9]
b) Write down various applications of Nanomaterials in Chemical industries.
[9]
Q7) Explain principle and working of Seanning Transmission Microscope (SEM).
[18]
OR
Q8) Explain principle and working of Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM).
[18]
[6002]-148 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P-1520 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6002]-149
S.E. (Chemical)
PROCESS CALCULATIONS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (209344)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam table is allowed
5) Assume suitable data, jf necessary.
Q1) a) A coke is known to contain 90% carbon and 10% non-combustible ash
(by weight): (a) find the moles of oxygen theoretically required to burn
100 kg of coke completely? (b) If 50 percent excess air is supplied,
calculate the analysis of Gases at the end of combustion. [8]
b) Ethylene Oxide is produce from oxidation of ethylene. 100 kmol of
ethylene feed to reactor. The product stream contains 80 kmol ethylene
oxide and 10 kmol of CO2. Calculate percentage conversion of ethylene
and percentage yield of ethylene oxide. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Gaseous benzene reacts with hydrogen in the presence of Ni catalyst as
per the reaction:
C6H6 (g) + 3H2 (g) C6H12(g)
30% excess hydrogen is used above that required by the above reaction.
Conversion is 50% and yield is 90%. Calculate the requirement of the
benzene and hydrogen gas for 100 moles of cyclohexane produced. [8]
b) A gas analyzing CO2 =5.5 %, CO=25 %, H2 = 14 %, CH4= 0.5 % and
N2 =55 % (by volume) is burnt in furnace with air which is 10 % excess
over that required to burn CO, H2, CH4 completely. Give the analysis of
the product gas mixture, assuming all reactions proceed to completion.[8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A stream of carbon dioxide flowing at a rate of 100 kmol/min is heated
from 298 K to 383 K. Calculate the heat that must be transferred using Cp
data: [10]
Q5) a) Define wet bulb temperature, dry bulb temperature, humid volume and
humid heat. [8]
[6002]-149 2
b) SO2 is absorbed in water using a packed column operated at constant T
and P. The gases entering the tower contain 14.8% SO2 by volume. Water
is distributed from the top of the column at the rate of 16.5 l/s. The
volume of the gas handled at 101.325 kPa at 303 K is 1425 m3/hr. The
gases leaving the tower contain 1% SO2 by volume. Find the % SO2 in
the outlet water (by weight). [10]
OR
Q6) An absorption tower, packed with Telleratte packings, is used to absorb carbon
dioxide in an aqueous monoethanol amine solution (MEA). The volumetric
flow rate of incoming dry gas mixture is 1000 m3/h at 318 K and 101.3 kPa a.
The CO2 content of the gas is 10.4 mole%, while the outgoing gas mixture
contains 4.5 mole% CO2. A 3.2 M monoethanol amine solution is introduced
at the top of the tower at the rate of 0.625 L/s. Dissolved CO2 concentration of
the entering solution is 0.166 kmol/kmol of MEA. Find the concentration of
dissolved CO2 in the solution leaving the tower.
Data: Specific volume of the gas at 318 K and 101.3 kPa a, V= 26.107 m3/
kmol. [18]
[6002]-149 3
Data:
Component GCV kJ/mol NCV kJ/mol
CH4 890.65 802.62
C2H 6 1560.69 1428.64
C3H 8 2219.17 2043.11
iso-C4H10 2868.20 2648.12
n-C4H10 2877.40 2657.32
iso-C5H12 3528.83 3264.73
n-C5H12 3535.77 3271.67
Specific volume of the natural gas at 298.15 K and 101.3 kPa = 24.465
m3/kmol. [18]
[6002]-149 4
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P-1521 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-150
S.E. (Chemical Engineering)
INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY - II
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (209347)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Explain complexometric titration and how it can be used for determination
of hardness of water [6]
b) Explain theory of indicators and also explain a difference of 2 PH is
required for colour change. [6]
c) 50 mL of 0.50M, barium hydroxide are required to fully titrate a 100 mL
solution of sulfuric acid. What is the initial concentration of the acid? [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is precipitation titration? Explain it using Mohr’s method. [6]
b) Explain the strong acid strong base titration with the help of titration
curve and indicators. [6]
c) 30 ml of 0.1N HCI is added from burette into 20 ml of 0.11 N NaHCO3
solutions in flask. Calculate pH of the titration mixture. [6]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is adsorption isotherm? Deduce the Langmuir adsorption isotherm
equation. [6]
b) What are coordination catalyst explain with the help of wackers process.[6]
c) Explain photolysis of water molecules using coordination catalysis. [5]
Q7) a) What are heat capacities at constant volume and constant pressure? What
is the relationship between them? [6]
b) Explain the different conditions for spontaneity by using Gibbs free energy.
[6]
c) Calculate work done when 2 moles of an ideal gas expand reversibly and
isothermally from a volume of 0.5 L to a volume of 2 L at 298°K and
normal pressure. [5]
OR
Q8) a) State and explain Kirchhoff’s law and give its applications. [6]
b) Derive the relation between heat of reaction at constant pressure and at
constant volume mentioned the three case of it. [6]
c) Calculate the heat of combustion of ethylene (gas) to from CO2 (gas) and
H2O (gas) at 298K and 1 atmospheric pressure. The heats of formation
of CO2, H2O and C2H4 are –393.7, –241.8,+52.3 kJ per mole respectively.
[5]
\
[6002]-150 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) What are the different laws of Radiation? Explain Stefan Boltzmann’s
law. [10]
b) A thermos flask with evacuated space to reduce the heat losses having
surfaces facing each other of emissivity 0.02. If contents of the flask
are at 380 K & the ambient temperature is 298 K. Compute the heat
loss from the flask. If same effect is to be achieved by using insulating
material of conductivity 0.04 w/m K. What would be the thickness
required? [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain : [10]
i) Radiation Shape Factor
ii) Specular and Diffuse Reflection
iii) Black body
iv) Radiation Shield
b) Two large parallel plates with emissivities 0.2 & 0.6 are maintained at
1000 K & 500 K respectively. A third plate with emissivity 0.08 in
introduced as a radiation shield in between two plates. Calculate reduction
in heat loss rate per unit area & temperature of the shield. [8]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Define the terms in boiling phenomena : [7]
i) Saturated Pool Boiling
ii) Subcooled boiling
iii) Peak heat flux
b) Vertical plate of 30 cm × 30 cm is exposed to steam at atmospheric
pressure. The plate is at 371K. Calculate the mean heat transfer coefficient
rate of heat transfer and mass of steam condensed per hour. [10]
Data : Properties of condensate at mean film temperature are
Density = 960 kg/m3 Dynamic Viscosity = 2.82 × 10–4N s/m2, Thermal
conductivity = 0.68 W/m.K, Latent heat of condensation = 2255kJ/kg.
Saturation temperature of steam = 373K.
[6002]-151 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
p
T= * f s * d s3
16
ii) For shaft subject to the bending moment only.
p
M= * f b * d s3
32
Were,
T- Twisting moment
M-Bending moment.
fs-Permissible shear stress,
fb-Permissible bending stress,
ds-Diameter of the saft.
b) Calculate the diameter of the shaft used in agitation system. Torque
acting over the shaft is 120000 kg-cm while bending moment acting
over the shaft is 35500 kg-cm. factor of safety = 6, ultimate tensile
strength of material of shaft = 7000kg/cm2. Ultimate shear stress is
75% of UTS. [10]
P.T.O.
OR
Q2) a) Prove that the length of key, by considering the shearing strength of
p f ss d s2
key, L = * * . [6]
8 f sk w
Were,
L - Length of key,
fss - Permissible shear stress for saft material,
fsk - Permissible shear stress for key material,
ds - Diameter of saft.
w - Width of key.
b) The 45 mm diameter of shaft is made of steel with the yield strength of
400 MPa. A parallel key of size 14 mm wide and 9 mm thick made of
steel with yield strength of 340 MPa is to be used. Find the required
length of key, if the shaft is loaded to transmit the maximum permissible
torque. Use the maximum shear stress theory and assume the FOS of
02. [12]
[6002]-152 2
Q4) a) Derive the equation, the condition for the maximum power transmission.
T = 3.Tc [7]
Were,
T - Maximum-tension,
Tc - Centrifugal tension.
b) The leather belt 9 mm * 250 mm is used to drive a cast iron pulley 900
mm in diameter at 336 RPM. If the active arc on the smaller pulley is
120° and the stress in tight side is 2 MPa. Find the power capacity of
belt (power transmitted through belt). The density of leather belt may be
taken as 980 kg/m3, and coefficient of friction of leather on cast iron is
0.35. [10]
Q5) a) Define pressure vessels and explain design of pressure vessels subjected
to external pressure. [6]
b) A cylindrical pressure vessel 1.8 m in diameter and 5 m in height is
subjected to an internal pressure of 8kg/cm2. The corrosion allowance
is 2 mm.
If the vessel is fabricated as :
Class B vessel with J = 0.85
Class C vessel with J = 0.5 and 0.7.
What will be the minimum thickness of vessel?
If a strip of suitable size is welded all along the longitudinal joint,
(Joint efficient = J = 1.0). What will be the thickness of the vessel and
how much percentage saving in the material can be achieved? [12]
OR
Q6) a) Calculate the thickness of a torispherical heads (100-6) and (80-10)
elliptical head (2:1) for a pressure vessel having 1.0 m diameter and
having design pressure of 3.5 kg/cm2. Welded joint is fully tested so
welded joint can be considered as 100%. The permissible stress for the
material of contraction is 1250 kg/cm2. Also calculate the percentage
reduction in thickness with reference to the thickness of the torispherical
head (100-6). [12]
b) Write a short note on purging of vessels. [6]
[6002]-152 3
Q7) a) Proof that for cylindrical pressure vessel with flat head at the top and at
the bottom, [7]
é 3DP ù
L = D ê1 + ú
êë 4CfJ úû
p p é 3DP ù
V = D 2 L = D 3 ê1 + ú
4 4 êë 4CfJ úû
Were,
C - Corrosion allowance.
OR
b) Differentiate between thick walled & thine walled pressure vessel. [5]
[6002]-152 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1524 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-153
S.E. (Chemical Engineering )
CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY - I
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (209350)
CO
(Course
outcomes)
Q1) a) Explain necessity of nitrogeneous fertilizers produced from
Ammonia. [5] CO3
b) Draw and explain process flow diagram (PFD) for
manufacturing of Nitric acid by ammonia oxidation process.
[10] CO2, CO5
c) Explain in brief Autoclave variables as one of major
engineering problems of urea production process. [3] CO3
OR
Q2) a) Draw and explain in brief synthetic ammonia process with
its process flow diagram (PFD). [8] CO2, CO5
b) Explain in brief a manufacturing process of urea from
ammonium carbamate. Draw its process flow diagram
(PFD). [10] CO2, CO5
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain in brief condensation polymerization and Addition
polymerization. [10] CO2
b) State types of thermosetting resins. [4] CO4
c) State various materials used in reinforcement of plastics.[4] CO4
OR
Q6) a) Describe in brief general polymerization process. [10] CO2
b) Draw and explain in brief phenol from cumene production
with a process flow diagram (PFD). [8] CO2, CO5
[6002]-153 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1525 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-154
S.E. (Chemical)
MECHANICAL OPERATIONS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (209351)
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Derive the rate filtration at [10]
i) Constant rate
ii) Constant pressure difference
b) What is filter medium? State the various requirements of filter medium.[8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain with a neat sketch Sand filter. [9]
b) Write an explanatory note on rotary drum filter. [9]
[6002]-154 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1526 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6002]-155
S.E. (Computer/A.I.& D.S./C.S & D.E.)
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III)(210241)
Q1) a) From a group of 7 men and 6 women, five persons are to be selected to
form a committee so that at least 3 men are there on the committee. In
how many ways can it be done? [6]
b) Suppose repetitions are permitted: [6]
i) How many ways three-digit no. can be formed from six digits
2,3,4,5,7 and 9?
ii) How many are multiple of 10?
iii How many are even?
c) What is the coefficient of x09 in the expansion of (2–x)19? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Five pencils and 5 pens are to be arranged in a row. In how many ways
they can be arranged if [6]
i) All pencils must be arranged together
ii) No two pencils should be kept together and
iii) One pen and one pencil must be arranged together?
b) Find the number of permutations that can be made out of the letters [6]
i) Mississippi
ii) Assassination
c) How many automobile license plates can be made if each plate contains
two different letters followed by three different digits. Solve the problem
if the first digit can not be zero. [6]
[6002]-155 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Find the shortest path between a - z for the given graph using Dijkstra’s
algorithm [6]
Q5) a) Construct a binary tree from given inorder and preorder traversals:
Inorder : b d f h k m p t v m
Preorder : b f d k h v w t m [6]
b) Define following terms [6]
i) Forest
ii) Fundamental cutsets
iii) Game tree
[6002]-155 2
c) Use Kruskal’s algorithm to find the minimum spanning tree for the con-
nected weighted graph G as shown in fig. below [6]
OR
Q6) a) Find maximum flow in the transport network using labeling procedure.
Determine the corresponding min-cut. [6]
[6002]-155 3
Q7) a) Define with examples: [10]
i) Groupoid
ii) Semigroup
iii) Monoid
iv) Abelian group.
v) Subgroup
b) Let (A,x) be monoid such that for every x∈ A, x * x = e wheree is the
identity element. Show that (A,*) is an abelian group. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Define with examples: [10]
i) Properties of binary operation
ii) Ring with unity
iii) Fields.
iv) Integral Domain
b) Find the number of codes generated by the given check matric H. Also
find all code words. [7]
1 1 0 1 0 0
0 1 1 0 1 0
1 0 1 0 0 1
[6002]-155 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1527 [6002]-156
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q1) a) Write a pseudo code for binary search apply you algorithm on the
following no.s stored in an array to search no:23 & 100. [9]
9,17,23,40,45,52,58,80,85,95,100
b) Explain the selection sort with algorithm sort the following no.s using
selection sort & show the content of array after every pass. [9]
27, 76, 17, 9, 45, 58, 90, 79, 100.
OR
Q2) a) Explain quick sort algorithm with suitable example. What is time
complexity of quick sort algorithm. [9]
b) Write a short note on sentinel search & Index sequential search with
suitable example. [9]
Q3) a) Write a pseudo code to insert new node in to singly link list. [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is doubly linkedlist. Explain the process of deletion of element
from doubly linked list with example. [9]
b) What is dynamic data structure. Explain with circular linked list with it’s
basic operation. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Write algorithm for posfix expression evalution. Explain with suitable
example. [8]
Q7) a) Write pseudo code to implement circular queue using array. Explain it’s
basic operation. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain linked implementation of queue with suitable example. [9]
b) Write pseudo code for insertion operation of input restricted & output
restricted double ended queue. [8]
… … …
[6002]-156 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1528 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-157
S.E. (Computer Engineering) (Artificial Intelligence & Data Science)
(Computer Science & Design Engineering)
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING (OOP)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (Theory) (210243)
Q3) a) What are various functions which are used to manipulate file pointers?
Explain using example. [7]
b) Explain command line arguments in C++? Write program to explain the
same. [7]
c) What are different file opening mode? [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain formatted and unformatted input and output functions used in
C++ with example. [7]
b) What are stream classes and their use? Provide the hierarchy of stream
classes in C++. [7]
c) Explain the use of command line arguments. If we want to pass
command line arguments what will be prototype of main function and
explain its arguments along with example. [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is the power of templates in C++? Explain along with one example.
[5]
b) Explain exception handling mechanism in C++? Write a program in C++
to handle “divide by zero” exception. [6]
c) Write a short note on typename and export keyword in C++. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is mean by user defined exception? Give one example. [5]
b) Explain class template using multiple parameters. Write a program in C++.
[6]
c) How multiple catching is implemented in exception handling? [6]
Q7) a) Explain the concept of the Standard Template Library (STL) in C++.
What are its key components? [7]
b) Differentiate between sequence containers and associative containers in
the STL. Provide examples of each. [7]
c) Discuss the advantages of using container adapters in the STL. Provide
examples of container adapters. [4]
OR
Q8) a) How can vectors and lists be used as sequence containers in the STL?
Explain with a appropriate example. [7]
b) Explain the concept of iterators in the STL. Differentiate between iterator
and pointers. [7]
c) Describe the process of using the STL algorithms for Quick sort. [4]
[6002]-157 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1529 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-158
S.E. (Computer Engineering) (Artificial Intelligence &
Data Science) (Computer Science & Design Engg.)
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (210244)
2 4 4
c) A triangle is defined by Find transformed coordinates after
2 2 4
the following transformation. [8]
i) 90º rotation about the origin.
ii) Reflection about line X=Y
[6002]-158 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Draw the state diagram, state table, and ASM chart for a 2-bit binary
counter having one enable line E such that E = l counting enabled,and E = 0
counting disabled. [6]
b) Implement following Boolean function using PAL [6]
Fl = Σm (0,2,4,6,8,12)
F2 = Σm (2,3,8,9,12,13)
F3 = Σm (l,3,4,6,9,11,12,14,15)
c) Draw a block diagram of the PLA device and explain. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is an ASM Chart? Name the elements of an ASM chart and define
each of them. [6]
b) Implement BCD to Excess-3 code converter using PAL. [6]
c) What is the difference between PAL and PLA. [5]
Q5) a) With the help of a neat diagram, explain the working of two-input TTL
NAND gate. [6]
c) Define the following terms and mention the standard values for TTL logic
Family [6]
i) Fan-out
OR
Q6) a) What is the advantage of open collector output? Justify your answer with
suitable circuit. [6]
b) Compare TTL and CMOS logic family. [6]
c) What is logic family? Give the classification of logic family and also write
important characteristics of .CMOS. [6]
[6002]-159 2
Q7) a) Draw and explain the basic building of an ideal microprocessor based
system with the help of neat diagram. [6]
OR
Q8) a) With the help of a block diagram explain the fundamental units of a
microprocessor. [6]
[6002]-159 3
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
Q1) Write the correct option for the following multiple choice questions.
−8 −5
a) If the two regression coefficiens are and then the correlation
15 6
coefficient is [2]
−2 2
i) ii)
3 3
1 1
iii) − iv)
2 2
1 1
b) A and B are independent events such that P ( A ) = , P ( B ) = then
2 3
P ( A∪ B ) . [2]
3 2
i) ii)
5 3
1 1
iii) iv)
6 3
P.T.O.
c) Using Gauss elimination method the solution of system of equations
x + 2y + z = 4, –3y + 2z = –3, –7y – 2z = –6 is [2]
−43 −9 15 47 9 −3
i) x=− , y = ,z = ii) x= , y = ,z =
16 8 16 20 10 20
4 3 −5 16 8
iii) x = ,y = ,z = iv) x = , y = , z = −5
3 8 6 43 9
d) If a curve passing through (0,0), (2,4), (4,8) is given by y = y0 + u Δ y0
then y at x = 1 is given by (Note : x = x0 + uh) [2]
i) 1 ii) 0
iii) –1 iv) 2
e) The range of correlation coefficient ‘r’ for a bivariate data is [1]
i) 0<r <∞ ii) −∞ < r < ∞
iii) −1 ≤ r ≤ 1 iv) 0 ≤ r ≤ 1
f) If x0, x1 are two initial approximations to the root of f(x) = 0, by secant
method next approximation x2 is given by [1]
x2 = x1 −
( x1 − x0 ) × f x0 + x1
i) x2 =
( f1 − f0 ) 1 ii)
2
x2 = x1 −
f ( x1 )
x2 = x1 +
( x1 + x0 ) × f
iii) iv)
f ′ ( x1 ) ( f1 + f0 ) 1
Q2) a) The first four moments of distribution abut the value 4 are –1.5, 17, –30
and 108 respectively. Obtain the first four central moments about mean,
β1 and β2. [5]
b) Firt a straight line of the form y = a + bx using least squares method to
the following data. [5]
x 0 1 2 3 4
y –2 1 4 7 10
c) The two regression lines of a bivariate data are 3x + 2y = 26 and
6x + y = 31. Find the mean values of x and y.
Also, determine the correlation coefficient between x and y. [5]
OR
[6002]-160 2
Q3) a) Calculate the coefficient of variation for the data given as follows. [5]
36, 15, 25, 10 and 14.
b) Fit a second degree parabola of the form y = a + bx + cx2 using least
squares method to the folowing data [5]
x 0 1 2 3
y 2 1 6 17
c) Find the correlation coefficient between the variables population density
(x) and death rates (y) as given in the following data. [5]
x 200 400 500 700 300
y 12 18 16 21 10
Q4) a) Find the expected value of the sum of the faces obtained when two fair
dice are tossed simultaneously. [5]
b) An unbiased coin is tossed five times. Find the probability of observing
at least four heads. [5]
c) In a sample of 1,000 cases, the mean score in a certain examination is 14
and standard deviation is 2.5. Assuming the distribution to be normal,
find the expected number of students scoring between 12 and 15 (both
inclusive). [5]
[Given : Z1 = 0.4, A1 = 0.1554; Z2 = 0.8, A2 = 0.2881]
OR
Q5) a) A riddle is given to three students to solve independently. The individual
probabilities of the riddle being solved by the three students are 0.3, 0.4
and 0.5 respectively. Find the probability that the riddle gets solved. [5]
b) On an average, there are two printing mistakes on a page of a book.
Using Poision distribution, find the probability that a randomly selected
page from the book has at least one printing mistake. [5]
c) In a mouse breeding experiment, a geneticist has obtained 172 brown mice
with pink eyes, 60 brown mice with brown eyes, 62 white mice with pink
eyes and 26 white mice with brown eyes. Theory predicts that these types of
mice should be obtained in the ratios 9 : 3 : 3 : 1. Test the compatibility of the
data with theory, using 5% level of significance. [Given ctab
2
= 7.815 ] [5]
[6002]-160 3
Q6) a) Find a root of the equation x4 + 2x3 – x – 1 = 0, lying in the interval [0, 1]
wing the bisection method at the end of fifth iteration. [5]
b) Obtain the real root of the quation x3 – 4x – 9 = 0 by applying Newton.
Raphson method at the end of third iteration. [5]
c) Solve by Gauss - Seidel method, the system of equations : [5]
10x1 + x2 + x3 = 12
2x1 + 10x2 + x3 = 13
2x1 + 2x2 + 10x3 = 14
OR
Q7) a) Solve by Gauss elimination method, the system of equations : [5]
2x1 + x2 + x3 = 10
3x1 + 2x2 + 3x3 = 18
x1 + 4x2 + 9x3 = 16
b) Solve by Jacobi's iteration method, the system of equations : [5]
20x1 + x2 – 2x3 = 17
3x1 + 20x2 – x3 = –18
2x1 – 3x2 + 20x3 = 25
c) Find a real root of the equation x3 – 2x –5 = 0 by the method of false
position at the end of fourth iteration. [5]
dy
c) Use Euler's method to solve = 1 + xy,
dx
y(0) = 1. Tabulate values of y for x = 0 to x = 0.3 (Take h = 0.1) [5]
OR
[6002]-160 4
dy
Q9) a) Use Runge-Kutta method of fourth order to solve = x + y 2 , y (0) = 1
dx
at x = 0.1 with h = 0.1. [5]
dy
b) Use modified Euler's method to find y(0.1), given = 1 + xy, y (0) = 1
dx
and h = 0.1. (up to two iterations) [5]
[6002]-160 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Write an algorithm for breadth first traversal of a graph. [6]
b) Using Prim’s Algorithm, find the cost of minimum spanning tree
(MST) of the given graph starting from vertex ‘a’ - [6]
[6002]-161 2
Q7) a) Explain multilist files & coral rings. [9]
b) What is Sequential and index sequential file organization? State its
advantages and disadvantages. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain inverted file & cellular partitions. [9]
b) Explain direct access file organization. State its advantages and
disadvantages. [8]
[6002]-161 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q5) a) Describe the software quality dilemma in your own words. [9]
b) What are the objectives of testing? Explain the different types of testing.
[9]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) What is software quality? Write the different quality metrics. [9]
b) What is test case design? Write the various approaches for test case
design. [9]
[6002]-162 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Define the different categories of risks? Explain Risk identification?
[9]
b) What are the elements that exist when an effective SCM system is
implemented? Discuss each in briefly. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Define RMMM plan, Prepare RMMM plan for late delivery of software
product to the customer. [9]
b) Define the different categories of risks? Explain Risk Projection and
Risk Refinement in detail. [9]
Q7) a) Define software testing? Explain the software testing strategies for
software development? [9]
b) How test strategies for object oriented software are different from that
of conventional software? [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is system testing? Explain three types of test. [9]
(Unit testing, Integration testing, Acceptance testing.)
b) Explain Black box testing with its advantages. [8]
[6002]-162A 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1534 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-163
S.E. (Computer)
MICROPROCESSOR
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (210254)
Q1) a) Enlist various types of system and non - system descriptors in the 80386.
Explain their use in brief. [6]
b) Explain the use of following instructions in detail: [6]
i) LGDT
ii) LIDT
iii) SIDT
c) With the necessary flowchart, explain the complete address translation
process in 80386. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the page translation process in 80386. [6]
b) Draw and explain the general descriptor format available in various
descriptor tables. [6]
c) Differentiate and explain GDTR, LDTR, and IDTR. [6]
Q5) a) Explain the structure of a V86 Task in detail. How is protection provided
within the V86 task? [6]
b) Draw and explain the Task State Segment of 80386. [6]
c) With the necessary diagram, explain entering and leaving the virtual mode
of 80386. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the TSS descriptor and its role in multitasking. [6]
b) List and explain various features of virtual 8086 mode. [6]
c) Define Task Switching and explain the steps involved in task switching
operation? [6]
Q7) a) How interrupts are handled in protected mode? Explain with the help of
a neat diagram. [6]
b) Elaborate about enabling and disabling interrupts in 80386. [6]
c) List and elaborate on different applications of microcontrollers. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following exceptions in brief. [6]
i) Divide error
ii) Invalid Opcode
iii) Overflow
b) How interrupts are handled in protection mode. Explain with the help of
a neat diagram. [6]
c) Explain various features of the 8051 Microcontroller. [5]
[6002]-163 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1535 [6002]-164
[Total No. of Pages : 3
OR
Q2) a) Explain following features of java in detail [6]
i) Portability
ii) Architecture Neutral
iii) Distributed
c) Explain one dimensional and multi - dimensional array used in Java with
suitable examples. [6]
[6002]-164 1 P.T.O.
b) Explain following keywords of Java in detail [6]
i) try
ii) catch
iii) finally
OR
Q4) a) Elaborate Method overriding and dynamic method dispatch in Java. [6]
c) What is the concept of stream, Explain byte stream and character stream
in detail. [6]
Q5) a) Explain different ways to implement Threads in Java? With code example.
[6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the uses of is Alive () and join () methods in the java thread with
examples. [6]
[6002]-164 2
Q7) a) Explain the features of LISP programming. [6]
i) EQUAL
ii) EQ
iii) EQL
iv) =
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following functions with suitable examples. [6]
i) CAR()
ii) CDR()
iii) FIRST()
b) Describe Logical Programming. Enlist its features. Also, list the commonly
used Logical programming languages. [6]
… … …
[6002]-164 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1537 [6002]-166
[Total No. of Pages : 2
S.E. (I.T.)
LOGIC DESIGN & COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (214442)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
OR
b) Draw and explain 4-bit serial-in serial-out shift register using D-FFs. [6]
Q3) a) Draw and explain Single bus organization of CPU? State functions of
CPU? [8]
b) Explain sequence of events that occur in Fetch cycle symbolically with
diagram at each stage. [9]
OR
[6002]-166 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Draw the block diagram of Hardwired control unit. [8]
b) Describe the functions of registers: IR, MBR, MAR, PC, Flag register.[9]
Q5) a) What are key characteristics of RISC & CISC. Compare RISC and
CISC. [9]
b) What is mean by Instruction format? Explain 0-1-2-3 address formats
with suitable example? [9]
OR
Q6) a) Draw and explain Cluster and Cluster Architectures. [9]
b) Explain symmetric multiprocessors(SMP) organization with features.[9]
Q7) a) What are the different algorithms and techniques used in managing cache
memory. [8]
b) Explain Interrupt Driven I/O with a diagram. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Draw & explain memory hierarchy structure? What is mean by a Principle
of Locality. [9]
b) Explain the memory write cycle with help of suitable timing diagram.[8]
[6002]-166 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1538 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-167
S.E. (IT)
DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (214443)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Define stack as an ADT. Use this stack to swap two no.s (Write Sudo
Code). [6]
b) Discuss the merits of circular queue over linear queue and write sudo
code for over flow and under flow conditions of circular queue. [8]
c) Discuss the time complexity of removing an item from priority queue if
sequential memory organization is used. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Contrast between the characteristics of stack & queue data structures.[4]
b) Convert the following infix expressions to postfix and show the contents
of stack for each operation.
i) p * (X/Y * Z – Q/(A+B)).
ii) A + B $ (M-N)/D ($ for power operation). [8]
c) Explain with example the significance of priority queue over simple queue.
[6]
Q3) a) Discuss the merits & demerits of implementing threaded binary tree. [6]
b) Describe the characteristics of a general tree. Convert the following
general tree into binary tree. [8]
c) Discuss the time complexities of inserting & deleting a node from BST.[4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Discuss the applications of Binary search tree & expression tree. [4]
b) Write sudo code for non-recursive inorder tree traversal of binary tree.[6]
c) For the following binary tree, show (draw) threaded binary tree (inorder).
Q5) a) Write sudo code of Kruskal’s algorithm for creating a MST. Demon-
strate with steps for the following graph MST using same algorithm. [9]
b) Discuss with example, what is AVL & time complexity to insert a node in
an AVL. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the time complexity of heap sort & sort the following No.s in
ascending order using heap sort. 5, 3, 17, 10, 84, 19, 22. [9]
b) Contrast between the approaches of finding MST using prim’s algorithm
& Kruskal’s algorithm. Discuss the time complexities of both algorithms.
[8]
[6002]-167 2
Q7) a) Explain prototype of the following function in C++ with examples. [8]
i) Seekg
ii) Seekp
iii) tellg
iv) tellp
b) Enlist characteristics of a good hash function. Create a hash table for the
following set of integers, taking modulus function as hash function
(h(k)=k%10).
29, 50, 28, 19, 17, 15, 18, 14, 38.
Demonstrate Chaining with replacement. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Write sudo codes to perform following operations on index sequential
file. [8]
i) inserting a record.
ii) updating a given record.
b) Discuss with examples at least three types of hashing functions, clearly
mentioning the advantages & disadvantages of each. [9]
[6002]-167 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1539 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-168
S.E. (I.T.)
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (214444)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necesary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necesary.
Q5) a) Define exception. What are its types? Discuss exception handling
mechanism in detail. [9]
b) What is Generic programming? Discuss any four methods of ArrayList
class with their syntax. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Is there any difference between throw and throws in exception handling
in Java? If ‘yes’, justify your answer. [9]
b) How basic mathematical set operations union, intersection, and subset
are performed using set interface? [9]
Q7) a) What is a design pattern? Write a short note on ‘Singleton’ design pattern.
[9]
b) Write program to handle primitive data types in file handling. [8]
OR
Q8) a) How do you write to a file and read from a file using File Writer and
FileReader class, respectively? [8]
b) What are the advantages of design patterns? Explain ‘Adaptor’ design
pattern in detail. [9]
[6002]-168 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1540 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-169
S.E. (Information Technology)
BASIC OF COMPUTER NETWORK
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (214445)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Question 1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5 or 6 and 7or 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain three way handshake algorithm for TCP connection establishment.
[9]
b) What is congestion Control? Explain Leaky bucket algorithm. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is Socket? List & explain the socket primitives in client side &
server side TCP connection. [9]
b) Compare TCP and UDP Header with suitable diagram. [8]
[6002]-169 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1541 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-170
S.E. (Information Technology)
PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE (Theory)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (214451)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain the interrupt structure of PIC18 microcontroller along with IVT.[7]
b) Draw and explain the interfacing of LCD with Port D and Port E of
PIC18FXX microcontroller. [7]
c) Illustrate the use of following bits of INTCON2 register i) INTEDG1
ii)TMR0IP. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss the steps in executing interrupts in PIC18 microcontroller. [7]
b) Explain with neat diagram the external hardware interrupts of PIC18
microcontroller in detail. [8]
c) What are peripheral interrupts, IVT and ISR? [3]
Q3) a) Explain the function of CCP1CON SFR along with its format. [6]
b) Write short note on SPI protocol. [5]
c) Explain the stepper motor interfacing with PIC18FXX microcontroller
with suitable diagram. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain operation of capture mode of PIC18FXX microcontroller along
with diagram. [6]
b) Write short note on RS232 standard. [6]
c) State the applications of CCP module in PIC. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain interfacing of LM35 temperature sensor with PIC 18FXX
microcontroller. [6]
b) State the features of on-board ADC of PIC18FXX microcontroller. [6]
c) Explain RTC DS1306 interfacing with PIC18FXX microcontroller. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail the functions of ADCON0 SFR of PIC 18 microcontroller.
[6]
b) State the features of RTC. [6]
c) Draw and explain the interfacing diagram of DAC0808 with PIC18FXX
microcontroller. [6]
Q7) a) Explain the AMBA BUS Protocol and programmer’s model of ARM
processor. [6]
b) Compare the ARM7, ARM9 and ARM11 processors. [6]
c) Describe CPSR of ARM7 in detail along with diagram and use of SPSR.[5]
OR
Q8) a) Describe the ARM design philosophy. [4]
b) Differentiate between the PIC microcontroller and the ARM processor.[7]
c) Draw and explain the ARM family core architecture? [6]
[6002]-170 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
ii) Show the department names, locations, names, job titles and
salaries of employees who work in location 1800.
P.T.O.
iii) How many employees have a name that ends with an “n”?
iv) Show the names and locations for all departments and the number
of employee working in each department. Make sure that
departments without employees are included as well.
OR
Q2) a) Consider the relational database [8]
supplier(sid, sname, address)
parts(pid, pname, color)
catlog(sid, pid, cost)
Write SQL queries for the following :
i) Find the name of supplier who supply some red parts.
ii) Find the name of all part whose cost is more than Rs. 250.
iii) Find the name of all part whose color is green.
iv) Find the name of all part supplied by each supplier.
b) Explain need for following : [4]
i) View
ii) Null values
c) Write note on : [6]
i) Set operations in SQL
ii) Aggregate Functions in SQL
[6002]-171 2
Q5) a) Give test for conflict serializability. Check whether following schedule
is conflict serializable. [8]
T1 T2
Read(A)
Write(A)
Read(A)
Write(A)
Read(B)
Write(B)
Read(B)
Write(B)
b) What is concurrency control? Explain time stamping method. [4]
c) When do deadlock happens? How to prevent them? [6]
OR
Q6) a) Check whether given schedule is view serializable. [6]
T1 T2 T3
Read(Q)
Write(Q)
Write(Q)
Write(Q)
b) Explain the concept of Transaction. Describe ACID properties of
transaction. [8]
c) Explain Deferred database modification. [4]
Q7) a) State which database system architecture you will prefer for following
application- support your answer with brief explanation : [6]
i) Railway Reservation System.
ii) Search Engine
iii) College admission system
[6002]-171 3
b) List and Explain any one Architecture of Parallel databases with neat
diagram. [6]
OR
[6002]-171 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1543 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-172
S.E. (Information Technology)
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (214453)
Q1) a) Use the cohen sutherland line clipping Algorithm with the help of region
codes to clip a line AB with A(30,50), B (110,70) and PQ with P (50,30),
Q (90,90) to clip a line against a window with lower left-hand corner
(40,40) and upper right-hand corner (100,80). show Graphic
Representation of Original and clipped line. [9]
b) Explain 3D reflection about XY, YZ and XZ plane. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Let ABCD be the rectangle window with A (150,150), B(150,200),
C(200,200) and D(200,150). Use Cohen Hodgeman polygon clipping
algorithm to clip the convex polygon PQR with P (100,175), Q(170,250),
R (250,165) and find the final coordinates of the clipped polygon. [9]
b) What is projection? Explain with diagram, Perspective Projection with
vanishing points as 1 point, 2 point and 3 point. [9]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is a segment? Why do we need segments? Explain the complete
process of [9]
i) Segment Creation,
ii) Segment Deletion and
iii) Segment Closing.
b) Explain in detail combined diffuse and specular reflections with multiple
light sources. [8]
Q5) a) What are the steps in design in animation sequence? Describe about
each step briefly. [9]
b) What is curve interpolation ? As far as splines are concerned what do
Bezier and B-splines curves indicate? [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail with diagram how midpoint subdivision method can be
used for Bezier-curve Generation. [9]
b) Explain how koch curves are generated. Also calculate the fractal
dimension of koch curve. [9]
[6002]-172 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P1544 [6002]-173
[Total No. of Pages : 2
i) Abstraction
ii) Modularity
OR
b) Explain the mechanisms applied in user interface design for fulfilling the
Mandel’s three golden rules. [9]
OR
Q4) a) State and explain the five more important goals of a project. [10]
b) What are the parameters considered for writing a good defect report? [6]
OR
OR
[6002]-173 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1545 [6002]-175
[Total No. of Pages : 2
S.E. B.Tech.(Biotechnology)
BIOCHEMISTRY - I
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (215461)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
a) What is a peptide bond? Give the reaction for peptide bond formation.
b) What is zwitterion? Give explanation on its amphoteric nature.
OR
OR
[6002]-175 1 P.T.O.
Q5) Answer the following. [18]
a) What is glycolipid? Explain with suitable structure. Enlist the functions
of same.
b) Define lipids and enlist the functions of lipid.
OR
Q6) Answer the following. [18]
a) Justify - unsaturated fatty acids, with one or several kinks cannot pack
together as tightly as fully saturated fatty acids.
b) Write in detail a about structural lipids in Membranes.
OR
Q8) Answer the following. [17]
a) Explain any two vitamin deficiencies.
b) Explain any two mineral deficiencies in detail.
[6002]-175 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1547 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-177
S.E. (Biotechnology)
HEAT TRANSFER
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (215463)
Q3) a) Write a short note on ‘Thermal Boundary layer and its significance. [9]
b) What is monochromatic emissive power? Write a short note on Plank’s
distribution law. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Write short notes on J-factor anlogy. [8]
b) What is Radiation? how is it different from other two phenomena? Explain
with examples. [9]
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is the concept of log mean temperature difference (LMTD)? Derive
an expression for countercurrent flow heat exchanger using LMTD
method. [9]
b) What is fouling? Give reasons for fouling and expression for fouling
factor. How it affects the performance of heat exchanger? [9]
[6002]-177 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) What is filtration sterilization? Explain its types and applications. [9]
b) Define antibiotics and how does it work? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the principle of autoclaving with its applications. [9]
b) Tabulate different methods of control of microorganisms with its mode
of action and examples. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain different types of microbial interactions in environment with
examples. [8]
b) Give role of microorganisms in [10]
i) Food
ii) Soil and
iii) Air
OR
Q6) a) What is indicator microorganism and explain its significance in water
microbiology. [10]
b) Write short note on [8]
i) Symbiosis and
ii) commensalisms
[6002]-178 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P-1549 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-179
S.E. (B.Tech. Biotechnology)
BIOCHEMISTRY-II
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (215470)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
[6002]-179 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) How the G-protein coupled receptors (GPCR) function? Give its
significance. [8]
b) What is intracellular signaling? What are the typical components of
intracellular signaling? [10]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the cell cycle and describe in detail the steps involved in a
typical cell cycle. [10]
b) Write a detailed note on Apoptosis, its functions and significance. [8]
Q3) a) What are Embryonic stem cells? What is their significance? [8]
b) Write short note on nervous tissue. [9]
OR
Q4) a) The Connective tissue connects and supports the entire human body.
Explain. [8]
b) Cancers evolve by a reiterative process of clonal expansion, genetic
diversification and clonal selection. Explain with a diagram. [9]
Q7) a) Describe and explain the various methods used for gene transfer to
plant cells. [10]
b) What is micropropagation? Give significance with respect to
regeneration of endangered plants. [7]
OR
Q8) Write short notes on :
a) Protoplast culture in plant tissue culture [9]
b) Callus culture, with help of a neat diagram describe the steps involved.
[8]
[6002]-180 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1551 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-181
S.E. (Biotechnology Engg.)
THERMODYNAMICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (215472)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of a calculator if allowed
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) Give the Kelvin-Planck statement and the clausius statement of the second
law of thermodynamics and show that they are equivalent. [18]
CO-A
OR
Q2) a) What are the limitations of the first law of thermodynamics? [9]
CO-A
b) Establish with examples why the concept of entropy is essential to explain
the direction of spontaneous processes. [9]
CO-A
Q3) Define Helmholtz free energy, and prove that at constant temperature the
decrease in work function measures the maximum work available from a
given change of state. [17]
CO-B
OR
Q4) a) What are the fundamental differential equations for the energy properties?
List the canonical variables for U,H,A, and G. [8]
CO-B
b) What are maxwell’s equations and what is their importance in establishing
relationships between thermodynamic properties? [9]
CO-B
[6002]-181 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) State and explain the phase rule and Duhem’s theorem for reacting
systems. [9]
CO-C
b) Derive an equation to predict the effect of temperature on the equilibrium
constants. [9]
CO-C
OR
Q6) a) How is the equilibrium constant related to composition? Derive an
expression for the same. [9]
CO-C
b) Derive the relationship between the mole fraction of components taking
part in the reaction and the extent of the reaction. [9]
CO-C
Q7) a) How are the first and second law of thermodynamics applied to biological
systems? Explain with examples. [8]
CO-D
b) Describe the application of Gibb’s free energy for the study of biological
systems with examples. [9]
CO-D
OR
Q8) Give any two examples of energy-yielding and energy-requiring biochemical
reactions. How can they be explained using the laws of thermodynamics?[17]
CO-D
[6002]-181 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1552 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-182
S.E. (Biotechnology)
GENETICS AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (215473)
Q1) Enlist all the enzymes playing a role in DNA replication and explain their
function during the process. Wherever necessary draw a neat labeled diagram
of the enzyme. [18]
CO3
OR
Q2) What is the difference between 5’ to 3’ and 3’ to 5’ DNA replication? Explain
the process of formation of Okazaki fragments and replication of DNA on
lagging strands. [18]
CO3
Q3) Explain the structures and functions of different types of RNA. [17]
CO4
OR
Q4) a) What is tRNA? Draw the structure of tRNA. What roles are they playing
in central dogma? Explain. [10]
b) How rRNA forms ribosomes? Write a note on the structure of ribosomes
formed in eukaryotes and prokaryotes with the help of a neat diagram.[7]
CO4
P.T.O.
Q5) Define Transcription and explain the process of initiation of Transcription
with the help of the suitable diagram. [18]
CO5
OR
Q6) Define the operon, and explain the process of gene transcription in the lacoperon.
[18]
CO5
Q7) Describe the process of translation with the help of the following stages. [17]
i) Initiation CO6
ii) Elongation
iii) Termination
OR
Q8) Write a note on “Genetic Code”. How does tRNA help in the synthesis of
Protein? Explain the concept of the wobble hypothesis. [17]
CO6
[6002]-182 2
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
P1553 [Total No. of Pages : 5
[6002]-183
S.E. (Production and Industrial) (Sandwich)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (207007)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Q.1 is compulsory. Attempt Q.2 or Q.3, Q.4 or Q.5, Q.6 or Q.7, Q.8 or Q.9.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use graph paper for Graphical Solution.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5
9 9
iii) iv)
10 10
i) 0 ii) 1
iii) x 2 + y2 + z 2 iv) 3
d) A vector field F is irrotational if [1]
i) ∇.F = 0 ii) ∇×F = 0
iii) F.F = 0 iv) F× F = 0
[6002]-183 1 P.T.O.
∂ 2u 2 ∂ u
2
Q2) a) Fit a straight line of the form y = ax + b to the following data. [5]
x 1 3 5 7 9
y 1.5 2.8 4.0 4.7 6
b) The first four moments about the working mean 30.2 of a distribution are
0.255, 6.222, 30.211 and 400.25. Calculate the first four moments about
mean also evaluate β1 and β2 [5]
c) Calculate coefficient of correlation from the following information.
n =10 ∑x = 40, ∑ x2 = 190, ∑y2 = 200, ∑xy =150 ∑y=40 [5]
OR
Q3) a) Fit a straight line of the form y = ax + b to the following data. [5]
x 1 3 4 5 6 8
y –3 1 3 5 7 11
b) Calculate the first four central moments for the following frequencies.[5]
x 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
y 6 26 47 15 6
c) The regression equations are 8x – 10y + 66 = 0 and 40x–18y = 214. The
value of variance of X is 9. find [5]
i) Mean values of x & y
ii) Correlation coefficient between x & y
OR
[6002]-183 2
Q4) a) If mean and variance of a binomial distribution are 12 and 3 respectively,
find P(r ≥ 1) [5]
b) An unbaised coin is thrown 10 times. Find the probability of getting
exactly 6 heads and atleast 6 heads using binomial distribution. [5]
c) An aptitude test for selecting officers in a bank conducted on 1000
candidates. The average score is 42 and standard deviation of score is
24. Assuming normal distribution for the score find; [5]
i) The number of candidates exceed 60
ii) The number of candidates score lies between 30 and 60
[Given A (0.75)=0.2734, A (0.5)=0.1915]
OR
Q5) a) If the probability that an individual suffers a bad reaction from a certain
injection is 0.001 determine the probability that out of 2000 individuals
more than 2 individuals suffer a bad reaction. [5]
b) On an average 20% of the workers in an industry suffer with a certain
diseases. If 12 workers are chosen from the industry, find the probability
that exactly 2workers suffer from the disease. [5]
c) A die is tossed 60 times and frequency of each face in indicated below
x 1 2 3 4 5 6
y 5 7 5 14 13 6
c) Evaluate F.dr along the straight line joining (0,0) and (3,2) where
c
F = (2 x + y) i + (3 y − x) j [5]
OR
[6002]-183 3
Q7) a) Find the directional derivative of φ = 2x – y3 + z2 at the point (2,1,1) in the
direction of i + j +k [5]
1 n(n − 2)
i) ∇. r∇ n =
r r n+1
a .b
ii) ∇2 =0
r
2 2
and C is circle x + y = 16, z = 0 [5]
∂ 2u 2 ∂ y
2
Q8) a) If =c represents the vibration of the string of length l, fixed at
∂t 2 ∂x 2
both ends, find solution with the conditions. [8]
i) u (0,t)=0
ii) u (l,t)=0
∂u
iii) = 0 at t = 0
∂t
πx
iv) u ( x,0) = a sin
l
∂ν ∂ 2v
b) Solve = K 2 if [7]
∂ −1 ∂x
i) ν (0,t) = 0
ii) ν(1,t) = 0
iii) νx = 0 at x = 0
iv) ν(x10)=ν0 for 0 < x <1
OR
[6002]-183 4
Q9) a) An infinitely long plane uniform plate is bounded by two parallel edges in
the y direction and an end at right angles to them. The breadth of the plate is
π . This end is maintained at temperature u0 at all points and other edges at
zero temperature. Find the steady state temperature function u (x,y) [8]
∂u
i) = 0, t > 0
∂t x =0
x 0 < x < 1
ii) u ( x,0) =
0 x >1
[6002]-183 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1554 [6002]-184
[Total No. of Pages : 2
b) Find the head lost due to friction in a pipe of diameter 300mm and
length of 50m throug which water is flowing at a velocity of 3m/s. using
Darcay formula (Take kinematic viscosity of water = 0.01 stroke.) [8]
OR
Q3) a) Explain types of boilers and compare water tube & fire tube boilers.[9]
OR
Q4) a) What is boiler mounting and boiler accessories? Explain in detail. [9]
b) Discuss boiler performance, boiler efficiency, equivalent of evaporation
and energy balance sheet of boiler. .[9]
[6002]-184 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) How types of air conditioning systems useful in manufacturing? Discuss
it. [9]
b) Compare vapour compression and vapour abortion refrigeration system.
[8]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss any three terminology related to psychometric. [9]
b) Explain the followings terms related to refrigeration. [8]
i) Capacity of refrigeration.
ii) Coefficient of performance of a refrigerator.
[6002]-184 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1555 [6002]- 185
[Total No. of Pages : 3
Q3) a) Derive strain energy stored in a body, when the load is gradually applied.[5]
b) Two planes AB and BC which are at right angles are acted upon by
tensile stress of 140 N/mm2 and a compressive stress of 70 N/mm2
respectively and also by stress 35 N/mm2. Determine the principal stresses
and principal planes. Find also the maximum shear stress and planes on
which they act. [8]
c) An axial pull of 20 kN is suddenly applied on a steel rod 2.5 m long and
1000 mm2 in cross-section. Calculate the strain energy, which can be
absorbed in the rod. Take E = 200 Gpa. [5]
OR
[6002]-185 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) The principal tensile stresses at a point across two perpendicular planes
are 100 MPa and 50 MPa. Find the normal and tangential stresses and
the resultant stress and its obliquity on a plane at 20o with the major
principal plane. [8]
b) Calculate the strain energy strored in a bar 2 m long, 50 mm wide and 40
mm thick when it is subjected to a tensile load of 60kN. Take E as 200
GPa. [5]
c) Derive strain energy stored in a body when the load is suddenly applied.[5]
Q5) a) Calculate (i) change in diameter, (ii) Change in length, and (iii) Change in
volume of athin cylinder shell 100 cm diameter, 1 cm thick and 5 Meter
longwhen subjected to internal pressure of 3 N/ mm2 Take the value of
E=2×105 N/ mm2 and Poisson’s ratio=0.3 [9]
b) A solid shaft transmit 100Kw at 150 rpm Determine suitable diameter of
shaft if the maximum torque transmitted exceeds the mean 20%in each
revolution. The shear stress is not exceeds 60 N/ mm2. Also find the
angle of twist in a length 4 meter of the shaft G=80 × 103 N/ mm2. [9]
OR
Q6) a) A closed cylindrical vessel made of steel plate 4mm thick with plain end,
carries a fluid pressure of 3 N/ mm2 The diameter of cylinder is 25 cm
and length is 75 cm.Calculate the longitudinal and Hoop stress in the
cylinder wall and determine change in diameter and change in length.
Take the value of E=2×105 N/ mm2 and Poisson’s ratio=0.286. [9]
b) In a torsion test, the specimen is a hollow shaft with 50 mm external and
30 mm internal diameter. An applied torque of 1.6 kN-m is found to
produce an angular twist of 0.4° measured on a length of 0.2 m of the
shaft. The Young’s modulus of elasticity obtained from a tensile test has
been found to be 200 GPa. [9]
Find the values of
(i) Modulus of rigidity. (ii) Poisson’s ratio.
[6002]-185 2
Q7) a) Euler’s critical load for a column with both ends hinged is found as 40
kN. What would be the change in the critical load if both ends are fixed?[4]
b) State assumption of Euler’s theory for column design. [4]
c) A girder or uniform section and constant depth is freely supported over
a span of 200 Centimeters. Calculate the central deflection under a central
load of 2000 N, if Ixx=780 cm4. Determine also the slopes at the ends of
beam. [9]
OR
Q8) a) A both ends hinged cast iron hollow cylindrical column 3 m in length has
a critical buckling load of P kN. When the column is fixed at both the
ends, its critical buckling load raise by 300 kN more. If ratio of external
diameter tointernal diameter is 1.25 and E=100 GPa determine the external
diameter of column. [8]
b) Explain the procedure for finding slope and deflection for a cantilever
beam with a point load at free end Double integration method. [9]
[6002]-185 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1556 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-186
S.E. (P.E. & I.E./Prodaction SW)
MANUFACTURING PROCESSES-I
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (211083)
Q1) a) Explain the following operations performed on lathe with suitable sketch.
[8]
i) Eccentric Turning
ii) Facing
iii) Parting off
iv) Knurling
b) What are desirable properties of cutting tool? Describe any four cutting
tool material in short? [10]
OR
Q2) a) Index 69 division by compound indexing method. The hole circle available
are. [8]
Plate I : 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20
Plate II : 21, 23, 27, 29, 31, 33
Plate III : 37, 39, 41, 43, 47, 49
b) Describe with the help of neat sketch the ‘Universal Milling Machine’
indicating the various controls and constructional features. [10]
Q3) a) With the help of neat sketch explain the construction and working of
radial drilling machine. [9]
b) What is twist drill? Draw neat sketch of twist drill showing various parts
and name it properly. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Name the different types of bonds used in the manufacture of abrasive
wheel? Describe any one in detail stating its advantages and disadvantages.
[8]
b) How do you classify cylindrical grinders? What is the difference between
plain and Universal grinders? [9]
Q5) a) Compare the Honing and Lapping processes with respect to [6]
i) Principle of working
ii) Types of abrasive
iii) Area of applications
iv) Surface finish
b) Explain Buffing, Polishing and Tumbling processes in short, stating its
applications. [11]
OR
Q6) a) Compare between the Electroplating, Galvanizing and Metal spraying
processes [8]
b) Explain Hot dipping and Burnishing processes in detailed. [9]
Q7) a) What is additive manufacturing? What are its merits and demerits? [7]
b) Describe VAT Polymerization process in short. State its merits, demerits
and applications. [11]
OR
Q8) a) Describe Material Extrusion process in short. State its merits, demerits,
and applications. [9]
b) Explain Powder Bed Fusion process in short. State its merits, demerits,
and applications. [9]
[6002]-186 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P-1557 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-187
S.E. (P.E. & I.E./Production SW)
MATERIAL SCIENCE AND MATALLURGY
(211084)(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Assume Suitable data if necessary
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Draw neat figures whenever necessary.
5) Use of scientifice calculator is allowed.
6) Use of cell phone is prohibited in the examination hall.
Q1) What is the science of powder metallurgy? Write in detail about this non
conventional manufacturing process. [17]
OR
Q2) a) Write note on [10]
i) Diamond impregnated Cutting Tools
ii) Cemented carbide tipped tools
b) Describe any two component which can be manufactured by only powder
metallurgy technique. [7]
Q3) What is the heat treatment? Name a few treatments given to steels in order to
change its properties. [17]
OR
Q4) a) What is steel? What do you understand by eutectoid, hypereutectoid and
hypereutectoid steel? [10]
b) Explain the following with neat diagram [7]
i) Peritectic transformation
ii) Eutectie transformation
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw and Explain the method of plotting TTT diagram and what
information is obtained from this diagram? [10]
b) Explain terms : [8]
a) Quenching b) Annealing
c) Normalizing d) Carburizing
OR
Q6) a) Define hardenability. How it is measured? [8]
b) What is retained austenite? Why it is not desirable? [10]
[6002]-187 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q5) a) With a neat block diagram explain overall system of PLC. [8]
b) Explain the input and output devices with suitable example. [6]
c) What are the merits and demerits of PLC. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the input and output module of programmable logic controller.
[8]
b) What are the different applications of programmable logic controller?
[6]
c) Explain various rules for development of Ladder diagram. [4]
[6002]-188 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Explain different methods of locating instantaneous centre in various
mechanisms. [8]
OR
[6002]-189 2
Q4) a) The connecting rod of horizontal engine is 400 mm long between the
centers. The obliquity ratio is 4 and crank rotate uniformly at 2000
rpm clockwise. When the piston has travelled 50 mm from inner dead
centre, determine using analytical method i) Angular position of crank
ii) Velocity and acceleration of piston iii) Angular velocity of connecting
rod. [8]
OR
Q7) a) What are the general requirements of good brake lining materials? State
the materials used for brake lining. [8]
[6002]-189 3
b) Diameter of brake drum of single block brake shown in fig is 1 m. It
sustains 280 Nm torque at 300 rpm. The coefficient of friction is 0.35
and the angle of contact is 90°. Determine the required force ‘F’ to be
applied when the rotation of drum is i) clockwise ii) anticlockwise
Also find new value of’a’ for self locking of brake [9]
OR
Q8) a) With the help of neat sketch, explain construction and working of
Prony brake dynamometer. [8]
b) A simple band brake applied to a shaft carrying a flywheel of mass
250 kg and radius of gyration of 350 mm, one end of the band is
attached to the fulcrum and other at a distance 80 mm left from fulcrum.
The force is applied to the brake lever at a distance 300 mm from
fulcrum. The angle embraced by the band is 225°. Brake drum diameter
is 220 mm and coefficient of friction 0.25. Shaft speed is 300 rpm
clockwise. [9]
Determine :
i) Brake torque when force of 150 N is applied.
ii) Number of revolutions of flywheel before it comes to rest.
iii) Time taken by flywheel to come to rest.
[6002]-189 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1560 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-190
S.E. (P.E. & I.E./Production SW)
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (211092/211510)
Q1) a) Discuss the different types of threads used in power screw. [6]
c) In the design of power screws, on what factors does the thread bearing
pressure depend? Explain. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) A screw jack is to lift a load of 80 kN through a height of 400 mm. The elastic
strength of screw material in tension and compression is 200 MPa and in
shear 120 MPa. The material for nut is phosphor-bronze for which the elastic
limit may be taken as 100 MPa in tension, 90 MPa in compression and
80 MPa in shear. The bearing pressure between the nut and the screw is not
to exceed 18 N/mm2. Design and draw the screw jack. The design should
include the design of i) screw, ii) nut, iii) handle and cup, and iv) body. [18]
OR
Q4) a) Design a helical compression spring for a maximum load of 1000 N for a
deflection of 25 mm using the value of spring index as 5. The maximum
permissible shear stress for spring wire is 420 MPa and modulus of
rigidity is 84 kN/mm2. Take Wahl’s factor, K = 4C–1/4C–4+0.615/C,
where C = Spring index. [8]
b) Derive the relegation ship between Springs in Series and Parallel. [6]
c) Explain what you understand by A.M. Wahl’s factor and state its
importance in the design of helical springs? [4]
Q5) a) The following particulars of a single reduction spur gear are given : Gear
ratio = 10: 1; Distance between centres = 660 mm approximately; Pinion
transmits 500 kW at 1800 r.p.m.; Involute teeth of standard proportions
(addendum = m) with pressure angle of 22.5º; Permissible normal pressure
between teeth = 175 N per mm of width. Find: i). The nearest standard
module if no interference is to occur; ii) The number of teeth on each
wheel; iii) The necessary width of the pinion; and iv) The load on the
bearings of the wheels due to power transmitted. [9]
b) Mention four important types of gears and discuss their applications, the
materials used for them and their construction. [4]
OR
b) How are the gears classified and what are the various terms used in spur
gear terminology? [5]
[6002]-190 2
c) A pair of straight teeth spur gears, having 20º involute full depth teeth is
to transmit 12 kW at 300 r.p.m. of the pinion. The speed ratio is 3 : 1.
The allowable static stresses for gear of cast iron and pinion of steel are
60 MPa and 105 MPa respectively. Assume the following: Number of
teeth of pinion = 16; Face width = 14 times module; Velocity factor
(Cv ) = 4.5/4.5 + v, v being the pitch line velocity in m/s; and tooth form
factor (y) 0.154–0.912/No. of teeth. Determine the module, face width
and pitch diameter of gears. Check the gears for wear; given es = 600
MPa; EP = 200 kN/mm2 and EG = 100 kN/mm2. Sketch the gears. [8]
Q7) a) Explain along with fig Types of Rolling Contact Bearings. [4]
c) Select a single row deep groove ball bearing for a radial load of 4000 N
and an axial load of 5000 N, operating at a speed of 1600 r.p.m. for an
average life of 5 years at 10 hours per day. Assume uniform and steady
load. [8]
OR
Q8) a) The rolling contact ball bearing are to be selected to support the overhung
countershaft. The shaft speed is 720 r.p.m. The bearings are to have 99%
reliability corresponding to a life of 24000 hours. The bearing is subjected
to an equivalent radial load of 1 kN. Consider life adjustment factors for
operating condition and material as 0.9 and 0.85 respectively. Find the
basic dynamic load rating of the bearing from manufacturer’s catalogue,
specified at 90% reliability. [5]
[6002]-190 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P1561 [6002]-191
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q1) a) What are the main parameters need to consider to selecting polymers?
[8]
OR
OR
Q4) a) Which are the two phases present in a composite material? Describe the
functions of each phase. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with sketch any one technique of Polymer matrix composite
processing. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain with sketch any one technique of Ceramic matrix composite
processing. [9]
Q7) a) What are the four categories of advanced materials? Give one example of
each. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Where are ASTM standards used? Who uses ASTM standard? [9]
[6002]-191 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P1562 [6002]-192
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q3) a) How are wages and Incentives different? Explain the factors affecting
Wages. [8]
b) Explain [9]
i) Total productivity
ii) Labor productivity
iii) Material productivity
iv) A factory produces 50,000 toys each week. The equipment costs
Rs. 5,000 and will remain productive for three years. The annual
labor cost is Rs. 8,000. What is the productivity as measured in
units of output per Rupee of input over a 3 year period?
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the following: [8]
i) Job evaluation
ii) Merit rating.
b) Define Industrial Engineering and state its History and Development. [9]
Q7) a) Define Time Study and explain different steps of Time study. [8]
b) A job is subdivided into five elements. The time for each element and
respective rating are as follows: [10]
Elements Observed Time (minute) Rating (%)
1 0.7 80
2 0.8 100
3 1.3 120
4 0.5 90
5 1.2 100
Calculate the normal time and standard time for each element and for the
job if the allowance is 15%.
OR
Q8) a) What are the Second-Generation Methods of Time Study? [8]
b) What are the steps involved in developing the standard data? [6]
c) What is Work Factor System? State its types. [4]
[6002]-192 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1563 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-193
S.E. (Production Engineering) (Sandwich)
MANUFACTURING PROCESS-II
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (211121)
Q1) a) What are fixed cycles? What is difference between fixed cycle and
Subroutine? [9]
b) List the advantages and dis-advantages of CNC machines. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Enlist profitable applications of CNC Machines. Explain any two
applications in detail. [9]
b) Write short notes on the following. (any two) [8]
i) Canned Cycle
ii) G Codes
iii) M Codes
Q3) a) What is injection moulding? Explain process with a neat sketch. [9]
b) Explain extrusion of plastic. Also, elaborate on extruder. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What is thermoforming stage in plastic processing? Brief it’s any
applications. [9]
b) Compare with a neat sketch pressure forming process over vacuum
forming process. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with neat diagram construction and working of IBM processes.[9]
b) Draw schematic diagram of EDM. Explain its construction and working.[9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain briefly USM process characteristics. [9]
b) State various methods of rapid prototype. Compare any two methods.[9]
Q7) a) Describe the design principles for jigs and fixtures. [9]
b) Explain the importnce accessories of jig and fixture. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain briefly with neat sketch cylindrical and adjustable locators. [9]
b) What is meant by clamping? Explain the principle involved in the design
of clamp? [9]
[6002]-193 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1564 [Total No. of Pages : 5
[6002]-194
S.E. (Printing Engineering)
THOERY OF PRINTING MACHINEAND MACHINE COMPONENTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (202060)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer (Q.1 & Q.2) or (Q.3 & Q.4) (Q.5 & Q6) or (Q.7 & Q.8).
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Define brake and gives general requirements of good braking system.[5]
b) Write a short note on block brakes. [5]
c) A single block brake has a brake drum diameter of 1 m and angle of
contact is 30º. It takes 280 Nm torque at 300 rpm. [Take u= 0.35]
Determine required force when drum rotating clockwise. [8]
[6002]-194 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) With the help of neat sketch explain single block brake. [5]
b) Explain self-locking and self-energizing condition for differential band
brake. [5]
c) A bicycle and rider of mass 120 kg are travelling at a speed of 15km/hr on
a level road. The rider applies brake to the rear wheel which is 0.9 m
diameter. How far bicycle will travel before it comes to rest? Pressure
applied 100N and u=0.05. Also find number of revolutions. [8]
Q5) a) A four-bar chain mechanism ABCD with its dimension is shown in figure
Q-5a. It is driven by crank AB which rotates at 600 rpm in clockwise
direction. The link AD is fixed. Find the absolute velocity of link CB &
CD. [10]
[6002]-194 2
b) The crank of IC. engine is 10 cm long and it rotates at a uniform speed of
20 rad/s clockwise. The length of connecting rod is 40 cm. Determine the
velocity and angular acceleration of connecting rod when crank is at 45º
from I.D.C. [8]
[6002]-194 3
Q7) a) In an engine mechanism as shown in figure. The crank BC is 120 mm and
connecting rod AB is 250 mm and point X on link AB & 120 mm from B.
The crank shaft has a speed of 75rad/s and angular acceleration of 1400
rad/s2. [12]
[6002]-194 4
Q8) Figure shows a mechanism having four links. Input link O2P and O4P (part of
output link) are both in vertical position as shown. LInk O2P is having angular
velocity 15 rad/s in anticlockwise sense and gives oscillatory motion to ouput
link O4RS.
Determine-
[6002]-194 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P3149 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-195A
S.E. (Printing)
INTRODUCTION TO PRINTING PROCESSES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (208281)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Explain in brief the frame size selection criteria for screen printing
process. [6]
b) List down and explain in brief the screen frame purpose and requirement.
[6]
c) Explain in brief the squeeze selection criteria for screen printing applications.
[5]
OR
Q2) a) List down the material required for screen printing and explain the
purpose of each material. [6]
b) Explain the squeeze types and its purpose in screen printing. [5]
c) Explain in brief important elements affecting the screen printing process.[6]
Q3) a) Differentiate between a nylon mesh with stainless steel mesh. [6]
b) Compare the role of thread diameter with fabric open area, color and ink
film thickness in screen printing process. [6]
c) Explain in brief the geometry (mesh count and thread diameter) in screen
printing process. [6]
OR
Q4) a) List down the types of mesh used in screen printing process and explain
in brief their advantages and disadvantages. [6]
b) Explain in brief the mesh selection criteria for screen printing
applications. [6]
c) Compare the role of thread diameter with ink transfer in screen printing
process. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain in brief screen angle and halftone process for screen printing
process. [6]
b) Explain in brief the glue selection criteria for screen making. [6]
c) Compare pneumatic and mechanical fabric stretching methods. [5]
OR
Q6) a) List down the fabric stretching methods and expalin in brief the fabric
stretching methods. [6]
b) Explain in brief the steps required in preparation for screen stretching
process. [5]
c) Explain in brief four color separation method for screen printing process.
[6]
Q7) a) Explain in brief the direct screen stencil making process. [6]
b) Explain in brief the Indirect screen stencil making process. [6]
c) Explain in brief the direct/indirect screen stencil making process. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in brief various screen stencil making process. [6]
b) Explain in brief the exposure time calculation method for screen stencil
making process. [6]
c) Compare under and over exposure and optimum exposure for screen
stencil making process. [6]
[6002]-195A 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1566 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-196
S.E. (Printing Engineering)
MATERIAL SCIENCE IN PRINTING AND PACKAGING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (208282)
Q1) Paper acquires its machine and cross direction in Fourdrinier machine used
for paper making. With the neat schematic diagram of wet section of machine,
Explain how these directions are acquired by paper. What is significance of
defining paper in these directions, what are applications of paper pertaining to
MD and CD. [18]
OR
Q2) a) Aluminum is a preferred plate making material. Justify this statement with
properties of aluminum. [9]
b) What different operations are carried out on aluminum to make it eligible
as plate making material. [9]
Q3) What are different ways by which various types of inks dry on substrate,
explain each with detailed principle working diagram. [17]
OR
Q4) a) Explain following with diagram. [9]
i) Caliper and GSM of paper
ii) PH of fountain solution
b) What is importance and purpose of Refining process in manufacturing
of paper. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) Write properties and applications for following. [18]
a) PE
b) PP
OR
Q6) Which different types of flutes are used in corrugated fiber board, what are its
applications. Explain with neat schematic diagram. [18]
Q7) What are the properties and applications of glass as a packaging material,
explain in details. [17]
OR
Q8) Explain the concept of
a) Surface tension and surface energy and it relation to printability if any
b) Tensile property and bursting strength of paper
[17]
[6002]-196 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
b) Draw the Circuit diagram for the following equations. [9]
Y = y'z' + w'yz + w'xz'
F1 = X'Y + XY'
F2 = X'Y'Z + XYZ
Q3) Draw the D flip flop circuit explain its function table and timing diagram.[17]
OR
Q4) Draw and explain BCD Counter with timing diagram. [17]
Q5) What is DAC? Describe its specification and Explain any one type of ADC
with neat diagram. [18]
OR
Q6) a) Differentiate PAL and PLA. [9]
b) Explain any two types of memories. [9]
[6002]-197 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the types of Lighting Scheme with diagrams. [9]
Q5) a) Explain in details principal of Induction Heating and Vertical Core Type
Induction Furnace. [9]
OR
OR
Q8) a) State the difference between Individual & Group Drive. [9]
[6002]-198 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Distinguish between embossing and debossing process. [6]
b) Write short note on lamination methods. [6]
c) Write short note on index cutting process. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Distinguish between hot and cold foil stamping. [6]
b) Explain in detail Ruling process. [5]
c) Explain in brief wet and dry lamination methods. [6]
Q7) a) Calculate papers for endpapers in Quad royal size for 10000 books in
royal 8 vo size with 1% wastage allowances. [6]
b) Calculate boards of 90Dkg of 22” × 28” for 1000 books in A5 size.
[6]
c) Calculate cost of endpapers in RA1 size with 90 GSM @ Rs. 75 per
kg for 2000 books in A5 size having 240 pages with 2% wastage
allowance. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Calculate papers for endpaper in double crown size for 5000 books in
crown 8 vo size with 1% wastage allowance. [6]
b) Estimate boards of 90Dkg in RA1 size for 10000 books in A5 size.
[6]
c) Calculate cost of papers for endpapers in 2RA0 size with 70 gsm
@ R.70 per kg for 5000 books in A5 size. [6]
[6002]-199 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1570 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-200
S.E. (Printing Engineering)
INTRODUCTION TO PACKAGING CONCEPTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (208287)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) How packaging is promoting the product in market explain in detail. [9]
OR
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write down specific ISO standards used in packaging industry. [9]
OR
OR
b) How India has become the world’s fifth largest packaging industry. [9]
[6002]-200 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1571 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-201
S.E. (Printing Engg.)
MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
TECHNIQUES IN PRINTING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (208288)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
[6002]-201 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1572 [Total No. of Pages : 1
[6002]-202
S.E. (Printing)
PRINT PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (208289)
Q1) a) Explain Additive colour theory and subtractive colour theory. [10]
b) What is halftone and how it is created. [8]
OR
Q2) a) What is hybrid screening with its advantages. [10]
b) Explain AM and FM Screening with diagrams. [8]
Q3) Draw the diagram and explain Subtractive Color Model for C,M,Y, C+M,
M+Y, Y+C, C+M+Y. [17]
OR
Q4) Explain UCR and GCR with diagram. [17]
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1573 [Total No. of Pages : 5
[6002]-203
S.E. (Mechanical/Automobile) (Automation & Robotics)
(Mechanical Sandwich)
SOLID MECHANICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (202041)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use graph paper for Graphical Solution.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
OR
[6002]-203 1 P.T.O.
Q2) a) A T section of flange180 mm × 30 mm and web 200 mm × 30 mm is
simply supported at the both ends. It carries two concentrated loads of
110 kN each acting 2 m distance from each support. Span of the beam is
10 m. Determine the maximum bending stress induced in the beam and
draw bending stress distribution diagram and also find bending stress at
the layer 110 mm from the bottom. [9]
b) A simply supported beam of span 8m is subjected to point loads’ of 60
kN, 80 kN and 50 kN at 2 m, 4 m and 6 m from left support respectively.
Determine slope at left support and deflection under 60 kN and 80 kN
loads. Take EI = 2.668 × 109 kNm2. [9]
[6002]-203 2
Q5) a) At a point in a strained material, there are two mutually perpendicular
stresses of 30 MPa and 70 MPa, both tensile. They are accompanied by
a shear stress of 20 MPa. Determine principal plane and principal stresses.
Use Mohr’s stress circle method only. [9]
b) A solid circular shaft is subjected to a bending moment of 45 kNm and a
torque of 15 kNm. Design the diameter of the shaft according to: [9]
i) Maximum principal stress theory
ii) Maximum shear stress theory
iii) Maximum strain energy theory
Take μ = 0.25, Stress at elastic limit = 200 MPa and factor of safety is 2.
OR
Q6) a) A rectangular block of material is subjected to a tensile stress of 110 N/
mm2 on one plane and a tensile stress of 60 N/mm2 on a plane at right
angles, together with shear stresses of 70 N/mm2 on the faces. Find the
following terms: [9]
i) The magnitude of principal stresses
ii) The magnitude of greatest shear stress
iii) The location of principle plane
iv) The location of plane containing maximum shear stress.
b) An axial pull of 25 kN along with a shear force of 20 kN is applied to a
circular bar of 20 mm diameter. The elastic limit of the bar material is 250
MPa and Poisson’s ratio, μ = 0.3. Determine the factor of safety against
failure based on: [9]
i) Maximum shear stress theory
ii) Maximum strain energy theory
iii) Maximum principal strain energy theory
iv) Maximum shear strain energy theory
[6002]-203 3
Q7) a) A segment of a generator shaft is subjected to a torque T and an axial
force P, as shown in the figure 2. The hollow shaft having outer diameter
d2=280 mm and inner diameter d1=230 mm and delivers 1800 kW at
4.0Hz. If the compressive force, P=525 kN. What are the maximum tensile,
compressive and shear stresses in the shaft? [9]
OR
Q8) a) The bar has a diameter of 40mm. if it is subjected to the two force
components at its end as shown in figure3. Determine the state at point A
and B and show the results on a different volume element located at this
point. [9]
[6002]-203 4
b) Determine the stress resultant at four corners of Column subjected to
eccentric load of 500 kN, as shown in Figure.4 [8]
[6002]-203 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1574 [6002]-204 [Total No. of Pages : 3
S.E.(Automation & Roboitics/Mechanical/Automobile
&Mechanical/ Mechanical Sandwich)
SOLID MODELING AND DRAFTING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (202042)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw the neat sketch wherever necessary.
c) What are solid representations? Explain the properties that a solid model
should capture mathematically. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the concept of constructive solid geometry with suitable example?
[4]
c) What do you mean by half space in solid modeling? Explain with types
and suitable example? [8]
[6002]-204 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) A triangle ABC with vertices A(2, 4) B (4, 6), and C(2, 6) is to be reflected
about the line x – 2y + 4 = 0. [8]
Determine:
Q4) a) Prove that the multiplication for transformation matrices for each of the
following sequence of operation is commutative, [8]
i) Two successive rotations.
ii) Two successive translations.
iii) Two successive scaling.
Also prove in general uniform scaling is cumulative but not about non-
uniform scaling.
b) Explain the concept of orthographic and perspective view in computer
graphic with matrix form for various views? [8]
Q5) a) List out the points to be considered for Best Practices of CAD conversion.
What are key aspects that are essential and to be considered while
performing CAD conversion from one system to another? [8]
b) Explain the concept of data exchange in CAD with its types of content
and any two types? [8]
OR
Q6) a) Define additive manufacturing? Explain the 3D printing with principal of
working, advantages, disadvantages and applications? [8]
b) Explain the concept of multibody dynamics with suitable example and
applications? [8]
[6002]-204 2
Q7) a) Define Direct Data Translators? Explain the role of neutral file formats in
CAD with its advantages and disadvantages? [10]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the advantages of PMI over conventional 2D drawings? List out
the advantages user can achieve by using PMI in creating 2D drawings.
[10]
i) Cosmetic
ii) Transparent
iii) Adaptive
iv) Collaborative
[6002]-204 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1575 [6002]- 205
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q1) a) Explain two types of rotor construction of a three phase induction motor
with the help of suitable diagrams. [6]
b) Derive the generalised torque equation of three phase induction motor
and draw torque-slip characteristics of this motor. [6]
c) A 3 phase, 4 pole, 50Hz slip ring induction motor used in electrically
operated public transport bus has a star connected rotor winding. The
rotor has resistance of 0.1 per phase and standstill reactance of 2
per phase. Induced emf between the slip rings is 100 V while the speed
is 1460 rpm. Calculate (i) synchronous speed (ii) slip (iii) induced emf
per phase in rotor (iv) rotor roactance per phase while runming (v) rotor
current and (vi) rotor power factor. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the concept of rotating magnetic field with the help of suitable
diagrams. [6]
b) Explain working principle of a linear induction motor and state its
applications. [6]
c) Why starting current of a Induction motor is high? What will happen if
high capacity induction motor is started without using starting
arrangement? [6]
Q3) a) With help of suitable diagram, explain working of permanent magnet
type of stepper motor. [6]
b) Write one important feature and an application each of the following
motors. [6]
(i) stepper motor (ii) servo motor and (iii) universal motor
c) Explain construction and working of a synchronous machine. [5]
OR
[6002]-205 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the working of an universal motor with help of suitable diagram.[6]
b) Describe the types of a servo motor. [6]
c) State any five factors for selection of motor for specific applications
with brief explanation of each. [5]
Q5) a) Explain structure of an electrical power system with the help of suitable
diagram and list down various methods of generating electricity. [6]
b) Differentiate between transmission and distribution system. [6]
c) Explain EHVDC transmission system with the help of suitable diaram.[6]
OR
Q7) a) Compare open loop and closed loop control systems. [6]
b) Draw typical signal flow diagram and state Mason’s gain formula. What
is the advantage over block diagram reduction method? [6]
c) Explain transfer function of an AC servo motor with suitable diagram.[5]
OR
Q8) a) Write advantages of modeling a physical system and explain the concept
of transfer function with the help of suitable example. [6]
b) State the rules followed while applying block diagram reduction technique.
[6]
c) Obtain the transfer function of a tacho-generator in steps. [5]
[6002]-205 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1576 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-206
S.E. (Mechanical/Automobile/Mechanical SW/Automation & Robotics)
ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND METALLURGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (202044)
Q3) a) What is tempering process? Why tempering is carried out after hardening?
List classification and application of tempering process? [6]
b) What is retained austenite & how it affects properites of steel? List process
to remove retain austenite. [6]
c) Define hardenability? Differentiate betwen austempering and Martempering
with diagram? [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Define annealing and explain types of annealing? [6]
b) Draw isothermal time temperature transformation diagram? What is the
importance of TTT diagrams in Heat Treatment processes? [6]
c) Differentiate between Carburizing and Nitriding. [5]
[6002]-206 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) State the types of programming languages and explain any two. [6]
b) Explain UP Counter and DOWN Counter. [6]
c) Explain Bit Instructions with neat ladder diagram and symbol : [6]
i) XIC
ii) XIO
iii) OTL
OR
Q2) a) Explain the rules for constructing the ladder diagram of PLC. [6]
b) State the types of timers. Explain on delay timer operation with diagram.
[6]
c) Draw the ladder diagram for traffic light controller for following
Switch I1 is used to start and I2 is used to stop the cycle. There will be
three lamps red, yellow and green lamps as output. [6]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the types of HMI. [6]
b) Explain with neat diagram hierarchical level in Industrial
Communication Networks. [6]
c) Explain the advantages of HMI. [5]
[6002]-207 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
OR
Q2) a) Explain coriolis component of acceleration with neat sketch. [5]
P.T.O.
b) The length of various links of mechanisms as shown in fig are OA = 0.3 m,
AD = 1 m, CD = 0.8 m and AC = CB. Determine for the given
configuration, (i) Velocity of slider B, (ii) Velocity of slider D,
(iii) Angular velocity of CD, (iv) Angular velocity of AB. If OA rotates
at 60 rpm clockwise. Use ICR method. [13]
Q3) a) Explain 3 position relative pole method for synthesis of four bar chain
mechanism. [5]
b) A four bar chain Mechanism is to be synthesized by using three precision
points, to generate the function y = x1.5 for the range 1<x<4, Input
link is to start from 30°and is to have range of 90°. The output link is
to start at 0° and is to have range of 90°. Find out the values of x,y
(Input angles) and (Output angles) corresponding to the three precision
points. [12]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the following terms : [6]
i) Dimensional Synthesis
ii) Type Synthesis
iii) Number Synthesis
b) Design a four bar mechanism with input link l2 , coupler link l3 &
output link l4. Angles & for 3 successive positions are given below.
[11]
Position 1 2 3
40° 55° 70°
50° 60° 75°
If grounded link l1 = 30mm, using frudenstein’s equation, find out
lengths of other links to satisfy given positional conditions. Also draw
synthesize mechanism in its first position
[6002]-208 2
Q5) a) Explain classification of gears along with applications of each type.[6]
b) Two involute gears of 20° pressure angle are in mesh. The number of
teeth on pinion is 20 and the gear ratio is 2. If the pitch expressed in
module is 5 mm and the pitch line speed is 1.2 m/s, assuming addendum
as standard and equal to one module, find : [12]
i) The angle turned through by pinion when one pair of teeth is in
mesh ; and
ii) The maximum velocity of sliding.
OR
Q6) a) Define in case of Spur gear : (i) Module (ii) gear ratio (iii) Addendum
(iv) diametral pitch (v) contact ratio [5]
b) The pinions of an epicyclic train of gears is arranged as shown in Fig.
How many revolutions does the arm, to which B and C are attached,
make? [13]
i) when A makes one revolution clockwise and D makes half a
revolution anticlockwise and
ii) when A makes one revolution clockwise and D is stationary. The
number of teeth on the gears A and D are 40 and 90 respectively.
[6002]-208 3
OR
Q8) a) Write Methods of Transfer Lines with suitable example. [5]
b) The following data related to a cam profile for knife edge follower, in
which the follower moves with uniform acceleration and retardation
during the lift and returning it with S.H.M
1. Minimum radius of cam, rb = 30 mm.
2. Lift of follower, S = 25mm.
3. Offset of follower axis, e = 6mm towards right
4. Angle of ascent, 0 = 60°
5. Outer dwell angle, d = 45°.
6. Angle of return, r = 75°
Draw the cam profile. Also find maximum velocity during lift of follower
and Maximum acceleration during return of follower. Cam is rotating
uniformly with 250 rpm [12]
[6002]-208 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) What are adaptive grippers? State its applications in industrial robot.
[4]
b) Discuss in details Mechanical Grippers. State its applications in industrial
robot. [6]
c) What is a RCC device? For what purpose is it used in a robot? [8]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss the design considerations for robot end-effectors in industrial
use. [4]
b) Give at least two applications of the following grippers: Linkage
actuation gripper, Gear and rack actuation gripper, Screw actuated
gripper. [6]
c) Distinguish active and passive compliance in end effector with industrial
application. [8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Discuss in details role of Encoder in robotic system. Explain any one
Encoder with neat sketch? [6]
b) Write a short note on Laser Range Meter? [4]
c) Write Short notes on industrial robotic application of Light Curtains
and Laser Area Scanner. [7]
b) What are the methods to obtain the jacobian for a six-link manipulator
with rotator joints? [6]
c) Sketch and explain kinematic pair, kinematic chain and Mechanism.
Revolute Joint and Prismatic Joint? [8]
[6002]-209 2
OR
Q8) a) What is meant by Robot Programming? [4]
b) Write a program to write below letters by Robot using VAL Language.
[6]
[6002]-209 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1580 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-210
S.E. (Automation & Robotics)
FLUID AND THERMAL ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (202523)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer four questions from the following.
2) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks..
4) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted.
5) Assume Suitable/Standard data if necessary.
b) What are major and minor losses? Derive an expression for Darcy-
Weisbach equation. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Derive an expression of velocity and shear stress distribution for laminar
flow between fixed parallel plates. [8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain applications and selection criterion of valves in robotics and
automation systems. [8]
OR
Q7) a) A wall of furnace is made up of inside layer of silica brick 120 mm thick
coverd with a layer of magnesite brick 240 mm thick. The temperatures
at the inside surface of silica brick wall and outside surface of magnesite
brick wall are 725°C and 110ºC respectively. The contact thermal resistance
[6002]-210 2
between the two walls at the interface is 0.0035°C/W per unit wall area. If
thermal conductivities of silica and magnesite brick are 1.7 W/m °C and
5.8 W/m °C, calculate. [9]
i) The rate of heat loss per unit area of walls and
ii) The temperature drop at the interface.
OR
Q8) a) Explain the concept of thermal diffusivity and thermal contact resistance.
[7]
b) The furnace wall consists of 120 mm wide refractory brick and 120 mm
wide insulating fire brick separated by an air gap. The outside wall is
covered with a 12 mm thickness of plaster. The inner surface of wall is at
1090 0C and the room temperature is 20 0C. The heat transfer coefficient
from the outside wall surface to the air in the room is 18 W/m2 OC and
the resistance to heat flow of air gap is 0.16 K/W. If the thermal
conductivities of the refractory brick, insulating fire brick and plaster are
1.6, 0.3, and 1.4 W/mK, respectively calculate: [11]
i) The rate at which heat is lost per m2 of the wall surface
ii) Each interface temperature and
iii) Temperature of the outside surface of the wall
[6002]-210 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1581 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-211
S.E. (Mechanical/Automobile)(Automation & Robotics)
MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (202050)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All question are compulsory i.e. Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6,
Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
OR
Q2) a) What is strip layout? Explain with proper sketch. [4]
b) Washer with 12 mm internal hole and 25 mm outside diameter is to be
made from a strip of 1 .5 mm thickness. Considering elastic recovery of
the material, find [10]
i) Clearance
ii) Blanking die opening size
iii) Blanking punch size
iv) Piercing punch size
v) Piercing die opening size. Assume clearance to be 5% of the stock
thickness.
c) Explain with neat sketch-Metal spinning [4]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain principle of resistance welding with neat sketch. State its
advantages and limitations. [5]
b) Explain different types of flames with neat sketches in gas welding
process. [6]
c) Explain any three welding defects with their causes and remedies. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Differentiate between TIG welding and MIG welding. [5]
b) Explain submerged arc welding process with neat sketch. [6]
c) What are the functions of coating in coated electrode? [6]
Q5) a) Explain blow moulding with suitable sketch. State its advantages,
limitations and applications. [6]
b) Explain with neat sketch pressure thermoforming. State its advantages
and disadvantages. [6]
c) Explain extrusion process for thermoplastic plastics. [6]
OR
Q6) a) With neat sketch describe injection molding process with its advantages.
limitations and applications. [6]
b) Compare between Thermosetting plastic and Thermoplastic plastic. [6]
c) Describe screw type injection moulding with neat sketch. [6]
Q7) a) What are composites? State its advantages. limitations and applications.[6]
b) Explain fiber reinforced composites and particle reinforced composites.
[5]
c) Differentiate between open mould and closed mould process. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain compression moulding process of composite manufacturing.[6]
b) Write a short note on-polymer matrix composites (PMC) [5]
c) Explain hand lay-up process of composite manufacturing. [6]
[6002]-211 2
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
P1582 [Total No. of Pages : 5
[6002]-212
S.E. (Automobile/ Mechanical/ Mechanical Sandwich/ Mechatronics/
Automation & Robotics)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS -III
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III & IV) (207002)
2u 2 u
2
P.T.O.
c) In a Poisson distribution if n = 100, p =0.01 then P (r = 0) =_________.[2]
1 2
i) ii)
e e
3 4
iii) iv)
e e
d) The first four moments about value 4 are 0, 2, 0, 11; then the value of
fourth central moment is [2]
i) 0 ii) 2
2
iii) 11 iv)
11
e) The Regression line of y on x is given by [1]
i) ( x x ) bxy ( y y ) ii) ( y y ) byx ( x x )
iii) ( x x ) byx ( y y ) iv) ( y y ) bxy ( x x )
b) First four moments of a distribution about the value 2 are 1, 2.5, 5.5 and 16.
Find first four central moments 1 and 2. [5]
OR
[6002]-212 2
Q3) a) Fit a straight line of the form y = ax + b to the following data. [5]
x 0 1 2 3 4
y 14 27 40 55 68
b) The first four moments of distribution about working mean 3.5 are 0.0375,
0.4546, 0.0609 and 0.5074. Calculate the first four central moments. [5]
Q4) a) A series of five one day matches is to be played between India and
Sri Lanka. Assuming that the probability of India’s win in each match as
0.6 and result of all five matches is independent of each other. Find the
probability that India wins the series. [5]
b) The number of breakdowns of a computer in a week is a Poisson
variable with = np = 0.3. What is the probability that the computer will
operate [5]
i) with no breakdown
ii) at most one breakdown in a week.
c) The life time of a certain component has a normal distribution with mean
of 400 hours and standard deviation of 50 hours. Assuming a normal
sample of 1000 components, find number of components whose life
time lies between 340 to 465 hours [Given : A(z =1.2)= 0.3849,
A (z = 1.3)= 0.4032]. [5]
OR
Q5) a) A coin is tossed 4 times. X denote the number of heads. Find the
expectation of x. [5]
b) If 10% of the rivet’s produced by the machine are defective, find the
probability that out of 5 rivets chosen at random at least two will
defective. [5]
[6002]-212 3
c) A die is tossed 300 times gave the following result.
Score 1 2 3 4 5 6
Frequency 43 49 56 45 66 41
OR
Q7) a) Find the directional derivative of = xyz in the direction normal to the
surface x2y + xy2 + yz2 at (1,1,1). [5]
ar a (a r )
ii)
Prove that r 3 = 3 3 5 r
r r
where C is x + y = 1.
2 2
[5]
Q8) a) A homogeneous rod of conducting material of length 100 cm has its ends
kept at zero temperature and the temperature initially is [8]
u(x, 0) = x, 0 x 50
= 100–x, 50 x 100 .
Find the temperature u(x, t) at any time t.
[6002]-212 4
b) A string is stretched and fastened to two points l apart, motion is stretched
x
by displaying the string in the form u = a sin from which is
l
released at time t = 0. Find the temperature distribution u(x, t) from one
end. [7]
OR
Q9) a) An infinitely long uniform metal plate is enclosed between lines y = 0 and
y = l, for x > 0. The temperature is zero along the edges y = 0 and y = l
and at infinity. If the edge x = 0 is kept at a constant temperature u0, find
the temperature distribution u(x, t). [8]
u 2u
b) Use Fourier sine transform to solve ,0 x , t 0.
t x 2
Subjected to [7]
i) u(0, t) = 0, t > 0.
ii) u(x, 0) = 1, 0 < x < 1
= 0, x > 1
iii) u(x, t) is bounded.
… … …
[6002]-212 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1583 [6002]-213
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q1) a) State the following engine nomenclature with neat sketch. [8]
i) Cylinder Bore
ii) TDC
iii) BDC
iv) Compression ratio
b) Explain carnot cycle with neat diagram. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain various stages of combustion in S.I. Engine with neat sketch.[8]
b) Write detailed classifications of Internal combustion engines. [8]
Q3) a) Explain the various modes of heat transfer with suitable real life examples.
[9]
b) A 50 cm × 50 cm copper slab 6.25 mm thick has a uniform temperature
of 300ºC. Its temperature is suddenly lowered to 36ºC. Calculate the
time required for the plate to reach the temperature of 108ºC.
Take = 9000 kg/m3, c = 0.38 kJ/kg ºC ; k = 370 W/m ºC and h = 90
W/m2 ºC. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Define and give significance for the following. [9]
i) Thermal conductivity
ii) Thermal diffusivity
iii) Critical radius of insulation
b) State fourier’s law of heat conduction. Derive an expression for rate of
heat transfer through the plane wall. [9]
[6002]-213 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the differences between natural convection and forced
convection? Give real life examples. [8]
b) Calculate the heat transfer from 60 W from incandescent bulb at 115ºC
to ambient air at 25ºC. Assume the bulb as a sphere of 50 mm diameter.[10]
Use Nu = 0.60 (Gr. Pr)0.25
Take properties of air at 70ºC as k = 0.02964 W/mK,
= 20.02 * 10–6 m2/s, Pr = 0.694
OR
Q6) a) Explain significance of any three dimensionless numbers used in various
modes of heat transfer for thermal analysis. [9]
b) State and explain with mathematical expressions of the following laws in
radiation heat transfer: [9]
i) Kirchhoff’s law
ii) Stefan’s Boltzmann’s law
iii) Wien’s Displacement law
Q7) a) Derive an expression for LMTD for parallel flow heat exchanger with
neat sketch. [8]
b) In a counter flow double pipe heat exchanger; water is heated from 25ºC
to 65ºC by oil with a specific heat of 1.45 kJ/kg K and mass flow rate of
0.9 kg/s. The oil is cooled from 230ºC to 160ºC. If overall heat transfer
coefficient is 420 W/m2 ºC, calculate the following: [10]
i) The rate of heat transfer
ii) The mass flow rate of water
iii) The surface area of heat exchanger
OR
Q8) a) Explain the six regimes of the pool boiling curve with the help of a neat
diagram. [10]
b) In a certain double pipe heat exchanger hot water flows at a rate of
50000 kg/hr and gets cooled from 95ºC to 65ºC. At the same time 50000
kg/hr of cooling water at 30ºC enters the heat exchanger. The flow
conditions are such that overall heat transfer coefficient remains constant
at 2270 W/m2 K. Determine the heat transfer area required and the
effectiveness, assuming two streams are in parallel flow. Assume for the
both the streams cp = 4.2 kJ/kg K. [8]
[6002]-213 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1584 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-214
S.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (217543)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q3) a) Draw an ASM chart and state diagram for 2 bit up binary counter having
one enable line E such that E = 1 (counting enabled) E = 0 (counting is
disabled). [8]
b) What is PLD? What are the different PLDs? [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is ASM chart? State and explain the basic components of ASM
Chart. Write list of application of ASM chart. [8]
b) Implement the following functions using PLA: [9]
f 1 (A, B, C) = m (0, 3, 4, 7)
f 2 (A, B, C) = m (1, 2, 5, 7)
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Differentiate TTL and CMOS logic family. [9]
b) Explain the following characteristics of TTL logic families. [9]
i) Power dissipation.
ii) Noise margin.
iii) Propagation delay.
OR
Q6) a) What is tri-state? What is the use of tri-state buffers? Explain with
suitable circuit diagram. [9]
b) Explain the standard characteristics of TTL in details. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain basic Arithmetic operations using ALU IC 74181? [8]
b) Explain architecture of 8086 microprocessor with diagram. [9]
[6002]-214 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1585 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6002]-215
S.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
ANALYSIS OF MECHANICAL STRUCTURE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (217544)
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) A rolled steel joist of I-section has the dimensions as shown in figure 3.
The beam of I section carries a U.D.L of 40 KN/m run on span of 10 m.
Calculate the maximum stress produced due to bending. Also draw the
bending stress distribution across the depth of section. [9]
Q3) a) Figure 5 shows a horizontal shaft ABCD fixed to a rigid base at D and
subjected to torques. A hole 60 mm in diameter has been drilled into
the part CD of the shaft. Determine the angle of twist at the end A. take
G = 7.7×104 Mpa. [9]
[6002]-215 3
b) A point in a strained material is subjected to stress as shown in figure 7.
using Mohr’s circle method Determine the magnititude and direction of
major and minor principal stress. [9]
Q7) a) A column support load of 400 KN is shown in figure 8. Find the stresses
at the corner of the column at its base. [9]
[6002]-215 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) State the Hume Rothery’s rule of solid solubility and explain the factor
that govern Hume Rothery’s rule. [7]
b) Explain substitutional & interstitial solid solution with diagram. [7]
c) State and Explain Gibbs phase rule. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the types of cooling curves. [7]
b) Draw and Explain Fe-C equilibrium diagram showing all details like
temperature, composition, phases, critical lines and reactions. [7]
c) Define the following terms : [4]
i) Grain
ii) Dendrite
iii) Pearlite
iv) Cementite
Q3) a) Explain with the suitable figure the transformation of austenite into
pearlite, martensite and bainite. [7]
b) Draw continuous cooling transformation (CCT) diagram and explain
all processes. [7]
c) Differentiate Between Flame Hardening and Induction hardening. [4]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) What is tempering of steel? Explain the types of tempering treatment
in detail. [7]
b) Explain the Nitriding process in detail with a suitable diagram. Write
advantages and disadvantages of Nitriding. [7]
c) Write the comparison between Annealing and Normalizing. [4]
Q5) a) Explain the classification of steel on the basis of carbon content with
its applications. [6]
b) Differentiate between steel and cast iron on the basis of composition,
properties and applications. [6]
c) Write a short note on : Tool Steel and its classification. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the classification of Alloy Steel with respect to the relation
with carbon. Give examples for each category. [6]
b) Explain white cast iron with its composition. [6]
c) Differentiate between ferrous and non-ferrous metals. Write suitable
examples. [5]
[6002]-216 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) In the toggle mechanism shown in Fig. 8.16, the slider D is constrained
to move on a horizontal path. The crank QA is rotating in the counter-
clockwise direction at a speed of 180 r.p.m. increasing at the rate of
50 rad/s2. The dimensions of the various links are as follows : OA =
180 mm ; CB = 240 mm ; AB = 360 mm ; and BD = 540 mm. For the
given configuration, find 1. Velocity of slider D and angular velocity
of BD, and 2. Acceleration of slider D and angular acceleration of BD.
[10]
Q3) a) Synthesize a four bar mechanism for three successive positions given
in the table below :
Positions 1 2 3
θ 30 90 180
φ 40 115 175
[6002]-217 2
Consider L1 = Grounded Link, L2 = Input Link, L3 = Coupler Link,
L4 = Output Link, θ = input link angle φ = output link angle, if the
grounded link of length 100 mm is horizontal and input link is of
20 mm length, synthesize the mechanism using precision positions of
the input link and precision position of output link. Ground the pivot
of the input link on left hand side and ground the pivot of output link
on right hand side. Input and output links are rotating in opposite
directions. Use the method of inversion Draw the mechanism in its
first precision position. [10]
Q5) a) Derive the expression for a minimum number of teeth on gear wheel
required to avoid interference with neat sketch. [8]
b) Define the following terms : [3]
i) Length of path of recess
ii) Backlash in gears
iii) Working depth of gear tooth
c) In an epicyclic gear train, an arm carries two gears A & B having 30
and 45 teeth respectively and is shown in fig. [6]
If the arm rotates at 100 rpm in anticlockwise direction about the centre
of gear A which is fixed, determine the speed of gear B. Use tabular
method.
OR
[6002]-217 3
Q6) a) Compare cycloidal and involute gear tooth profile. [5]
b) Define formative number of teeth for Helical gear and express the
formula with terms. [3]
c) A pair of spiral gears is required to connect two shafts 150 mm apart,
the shaft angle being 70°. The velocity ratio is to be 1.5 to 1, the faster
wheel having 80 teeth and a pitch circle diameter of 100 mm. Find the
spiral angles for each wheel. [9]
[6002]-217 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1588 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-218
S.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (217548)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, and electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4) Figure to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Define HGL and TEL. Derive an expression of Velocity & Shear Stress
distribution for laminar flow passing through circular pipe. [8]
b) Explain the concepts of pipes are connected in series, parallel and
equivalent pipe with neat sketch. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Derive an expression for Darcy-Weisbach equation. [8]
b) A pipe of diameter 300 mm and length 3500 m is used for transmission of
power by water. Total head at the inlet of pipe is 500 m. Find the maximum
power available at the outlet of pipe, if the value of coefficient of friction
f = 0.006. [8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Write a short note on Dimensionless number and their significance
(give any four). [8]
b) Determine the dimensions of the quantities given below [10]
i) Velocity
ii) Acceleration
iii) Density
iv) Force
v) Work done
Q5) a) A Reaction turbine works at 450 rpm under a head of 120 m, diameter at
inlet is 120 cm and flow area is 0.4 m2. Angles made by absolute and
relative velocity are 20° and 60° respectively at inlet. Determine i) Volume
flow rate ii) power developed iii) Hydraulic efficiency. Assume whirl
velocity at outlet zero. [8]
b) Explain the following for hydraulic turbine [4]
i) Hydraulic Efficiency
ii) Mechanical Efficiency
c) Explain construction and working principle of Kaplan Turbine with
application. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Write the difference between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine. [4]
b) Explain construction and working of Francis Turbine with application.[6]
c) A Pelton wheel is to be designed for the following specifications :
Shaft Power = 11,772 kW, Head = 380 meters, Speed = 750 r.p.m; Overall
efficiency = 86 %; Jet diameter is not to exceed one- sixth of the wheel
diameter. Determine : [8]
i) The wheel diameter
ii) The number of jets required
iii) Diameter of the jet.
Take Kv1 = 0.985 and Kul = 0.45
[6002]-218 2
Q7) a) A centrifugal pump having outer diameter equal to two times the inner
diameter and running at 1000 r.p.m. works against a total head of 40m.
The velocity of flow through the impeller is constant and equal to 2.5m/s.
The vanes are set back at an angle of 40 at outlet. If the outer diameter of
the impeller is 500 mm and width at outlet is 50 mm, determine: [8]
i) Vane angle at inlet
ii) Work done by the impeller on water per second
iii) Manometric efficiency
b) Explain the following efficiency for centrifugal pump [6]
i) Manometric Efficiency
ii) Mechanical Efficiency
iii) Overall Efficiency
c) Explain the following : [4]
i) Static Head
ii) Manomeric Head
OR
Q8) a) Explain construction and principle of working of Centrifugal pump. [6]
b) Explain in detail classification of hydraulic pump. [4]
c) The internal and external diameter of the impeller of a centrifugal pump
are 200 mm and 400 mm respectively. The pump is running at 1200
r.p.m. The vane angles of the impeller at inlet and outlet are 20° and 30°
respectively. The water enters the impeller radially and velocity of flow is
constant. Determine the flow velocity and work done by the impeller per
unit weight of water. [8]
[6002]-218 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1589 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-219
S.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND DRIVE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (217549)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) Justify steady state depends on relative characteristics of motor and load
both. [8]
b) Explain in detail block diagram of electrical drives. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain four quadrant operation of motor driving a hoist load. [9]
b) A drive has following parameters T = (150-0.1N) N-m where N is speed
in RPM T1 = 100 N-m. Test whether the motor will start or not? Find the
equilibrium speed. Test steady state stability of this motor load using
condition for stability. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain regenerative braking in case of DC motor. [9]
b) Write a short note on step down chopper-controlled DC drives. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Plugging of DC motor. [9]
b) Explain single phase fully controlled rectifier fed DC motor drives. [9]
[6002]-219 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1590 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-220
S.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
SENSORS AND ACTUATOR
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (217550)
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the Components of pneumatic and hydraulic systems? [6]
b) What is the role of Pumps and Compressor used in Hydraulic and
Pneumatic Systems? [6]
c) Whta are filters hydraulic Systems? Explain in detail. [6]
OR
Q6) a) How pressure regulation is done pneumatic circuits? [6]
b) Compare between hydraulic and pneumatic actuator system? [6]
c) Explain Smart material actuator? [6]
[6002]-220 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1591 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-221
S.E. (Mechatronics)
APPLICATIONS OF INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (217551)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
P.T.O.
b) Explain in detail working of square wave generator with neat circuit
diagram. Draw waveforms of output voltage and capacitor voltage. [6]
c) Draw circuit diagram and input-output waveform of precision half wave
& full wave rectifier. [6]
Q3) a) Draw circuit diagram and explain D/A converter with binary weighted
resistors and write output voltage equation, Vo. [6]
b) Write a short note on Performance parameters of DAC. [6]
c) Explain the operation of Dual Slope ADC. [5]
OR
Q4) a) With the help of neat Diagram, Explain Flash type ADC. [6]
b) Draw the circuit diagram of R/2R Ladder type DAC. [6]
c) Write a short note on Performance parameters of ADC. [5]
Q5) a) Explain the working of functional block diagram of IC 555 Timer. [6]
b) Write a short note on Basic operation of Power Amplifier LM 380. [6]
c) Explain PLL operation in detail with neat block diagram. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Voltage Controlled Oscillator 566 and write its applications. [6]
b) Explain with neat block diagram, any one application of IC PLL 565 in
detail. [6]
c) Explain voltage Divider using multiplier 534. [6]
[6002]-221 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P-1592 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-222
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science)
OPERATING SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (217521)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve questions Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain the virtual memory system with suitable diagram. [6]
b) Explain the basic method for implementing paging. Draw the paging model
of logical and physical memory. [6]
c) What is swapping? Does swapping increase the Operating system’s
overheads? [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the differences between: [6]
i) Logical and physical address space
ii) Paging and segmentation
b) What is internal fragmentation and external fragmentation? How are they
reduced? [6]
c) What are advantages of partitioning the memory? What are different ways
memory partitioning? [6]
Q5) a) List and explain file types and file access methods. [6]
b) What are different disk scheduling policies? Explain SCAN and CSCAN
with example. [6]
c) Explain how free space management is done by Operating Sytem? [5]
OR
Q6) a) What are different disk scheduling policies? Explain LIFO and SCAN
with example. [6]
b) Given memory partition of 100K, 500K, 200K, 300K and 600K(in order).
How would each of First fit, best fit and worst fit algorithm place
processes of size 212K, 417K, 112K, 426K (in order)? Which also makes
the most efficient use of memory. [6]
c) What is Directory? Explain directory implementation and allocation
methods. [5]
[6002]-222 2
Q8) a) Define the components of LINUX system with diagram. What is the
responsibility of kernel in LINUX operating system? [6]
b) What are different Process management system calls in Linux. Explain
exec() and brk() in detail. [6]
c) Explain implementation of process and threads in Linux. [5]
[6002]-222 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q3) a) In a certain company install 2000 LED bulbs on each floor. If LED
bulbs have average life of 1000 burning hours with standard deviation
of 200 hours. Using normal distribution find what number of LED
bulbs might be expected to Fail in 700 hours. [6]
(Given : P(0 < z < 1.5) = 0.4332)
b) Between 2 pm to 4 pm the average no of phone calls per minute
coming into a switch board of a company is 2.5. Find the probability
that during a particular minute there will be [5]
i) no phone call
ii) exactly 3 phone calls
c) A dice is thrown 10 times. If getting an odd number is a success. What
is the probability of i) 8 sucess ii) At least 6 sucess [6]
OR
Q4) a) Weights of 4000 students are found to be normally distributed with
mean 50 kg and standard deviation 5 kgs. Find the number of students
with weights i) less than 45 kgs ii) between 45 to 60 kgs
(for standard normal distribution z, area under the curve between z = 0
to z = 1 is 0.3413 and that between z = 0 to z = 2 is 0.4772) [6]
b) If 10% bolts produced by a machine are defective. Determine the
probability that out of 10 bolts choosen at random. [5]
i) two will be defective
ii) at most two will be defective.
c) In a continuous distribution density function f(x) = kx(2 – x), 0 < x < 2
Find the value of k, mean and variance. [6]
Q5) a) Random sample of 400 men and 600 women were asked whether
they would have a school near their residence 200 men and 325 women
were in favour of proposal. Test the hypothesis that the proportion of
men and women in front of proposal is same at 5% level of significance.
(Given Z = 1.96 at 5% l.o.s) [6]
b) The values given below are
i) Observed frequencies of a distribution
ii) The frequencies of a normal distribution having same mean,
standard deviation and the total frequency as in a) apply 2 test of
godness of fit.
a) 1 5 20 28 42 22 15 5 2
b) 1 6 18 25 40 25 18 6 1
(Given 2 = 12.592 at 5% l.o.s.) [6]
[6002]-223 2
c) Fertilizers A and B are tried respectively on 10 and 8 randomly choosen
experimental plots. The yields in the plots were as given below. Test
using t-test whether in effects of the fertilizer as reflected in the mean
yields. [6]
Fertilizers Yields
A 8.0 7.6 8.2 7.8 8.3 8.4 8.2 7.8 7.1 8.0
B 7.4 8.1 7.6 8.1 7.5 7.6 7.3 7.2 - -
(Given t0.05 = 2.201 at d.o.f 16)
OR
Q6) a) The average marks in mathematics of a sample of 100 students was 51
with S.D. of 6 marks. Could this have a random sample from the
population with average marks 50? [6]
(Given z = 1.96 at 5% l.o.s.)
b) A coin is tossed 160 times and following are expected and observed
frequencies for number of heads.
No of heads 0 1 2 3 4
Expected
frequency 17 52 54 31 6
Observed
frequency 10 40 60 40 10
Find the 2 value. [6]
c) In two independent samples of size 8 and 10 the sum of squares
deviations of the values form the respective sample means were 84.4
and 102.6. Test whether the difference of variances of the population
is significant or not. [6]
(Given F0.05 = 3.29 at degrees of freedom (7,9))
[6002]-223 3
OR
Q8) a) For distribution [9]
e ( x ) dx , x
df =
0 x
1 1 1
x 11 0 0 log k log
0 n 0
[6002]-223 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1594 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-224
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence & Data Science)
INTERNET OF THINGS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (217529)
Q1) a) Explain Next Generation Kiosks & smart vending machines in detail? 9]
b) Justify how the asset management impacts on end to end users by
integrating IOT technology? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in brief Smoke for gas detection and Air quality monitoring?[10]
b) How is security a big concern in IOT? How do IDS work in IoT? [8]
Q3) a) Differentiate M2M and IoT? Also differentiate COAP and MQTT? [8]
b) Explain the IOT System working block with the help of Control units,
Communication Modules and Sensors? [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Link layer protocol like ethernet, Wi-Fi, WiMax, Zigbee in Protocol
architecture? [9]
b) How information is exchanged in real time without human intervention?[8]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Discuss Cloud computing. Explain the setup of a cloud environment in
an IoT? [10]
b) What are IoT design ethics, explain? [7]
OR
Q8) a) How does Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V) communication enhance safety and
efficiency in the internet of Things (IoT) ecosystem? [10]
b) Elaborate on how you will use IoT for remote healthcare. [7]
[6002]-224 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1595 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-225
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science)
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (217530)
Q3) a) How to enhance decision making with information systems give suitable
examples. [9]
b) Explain importance of project Management and how to manage project
risk. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Enterprise Application and explain with examples. [8]
b) Discuss managing global system with technology issues and opportunities
for global value chain. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) How to manage Supply chain with business network? [9]
b) Explain decision support trends in businesses. How data mining and
knowledge management is used in Decision Support Systems. [9]
[6002]-225 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Show that the maximum number of edges in a simple graph with n vertices
is n.(n-1)/2. [5]
b) Construct an optimal tree for the weights 3,5, 9, 18, 30, 40, 55. Find the
weight of the optimal tree. [6]
c) Using the labelling procedure, find the max flow for the following transport
network. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
b) Find the fundamental system of cutsets and fundamental system of the
circuit for graph, G with respect to the spanning tree, T. [6]
c) Find the chromatic number with the help of graph coloring for: [6]
i) K6 (complete graph with 6 vertices)
ii) Any complete bipartite graph.
iii) C7 (cyclic graph with 7 vertices).
[6002]-226 2
Q4) a) Let A = B be the set of real numbers [6]
f : a – > given by f(x) = 2x3–1
1 1
g : B – > A given by g ( y ) = 3 y+
2 2
b) [6]
i) Find the lower and upper bounds of the subsets {a, b, c}, {j, h},
and {a, c, d, f } in the post with the Hasse diagram shown in Figure?
ii) Find the greatest lower bound and the least upper bound of
{b, d, g}, if they exist, in the post shown in Figure?
c) Solve the following recurrence relation [6]
ar – 3ar–1 = 2 , r > = 1, a0 = 1
Q5) a) Using Euclidean Algorithm find GCD of 268 & 884. [6]
b) Using Fermat’s Theorem and Fermat’s Euler Theorem solve the following:[6]
i) 7^121 mod 4
ii) 11^100 mod 17
c) Find the multiplicative Inverse of 37 mod 26 using Extended Euclidean
Algorithm. [6]
OR
[6002]-226 3
Q6) a) Using the Chinese Remainder Theorem, find the value of P using the
following data. [8]
P = 1 mod 2
P = 2 mod 3
P = 3 mod 5
b) State and explain Fermat - Euler’s Theorem with example. [4]
c) Find the Totient function of the following numbers : [6]
i) 75
ii) 143
iii) 108
Q7) a) Let G = {even, odd) and binary operation ⊕ be define as, [6]
⊕ even odd
even even odd
odd odd even
Show that (G, ⊕ ) is a group
b) Define the following terms with an example : [6]
i) Monoid
ii) Group
iii) Abelian group
iv) Ring
c) Find the hamming distance between code words of: C = {(0000), (0101),
(1011), (0111), (1111)}
Rewrite the message by adding an even parity check bit and odd parity
check bit. [5]
OR
[6002]-226 4
Q8) a) Consider the (2,6) encoding function e. e(00)=100000, e(10)=101010
e(01)=001 110, e(11)=101001 [6]
i) Find the minimum distance of e
ii) How many errors will e detect?
b) Let I be the set of all integers. For each of the following determine whether
* is an associative operation or not : [8]
i) a*b = max(a,b)
ii) a*b = min(a + 2,b)
iii) a*b = 2a - 2b
iv) a*b = min(2a - b, 2b - a)
v) a*b = LCM(a,b)
vi) a*b = a/b
vii) a*b = power(a,b)
viii) a*b = a2 + 2b + ab
c) Define field with an example. [3]
[6002]-226 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Discuss how stack can be used to convert a given infix expression to
post fix/pre fix expression using sudo code. [8]
b) Contrast between linear queue and circular queue, also discuss the time
complexities of insert and delete operations of a queue. [5]
c) Discuss types of priority queue and how it is different from simple queue.[5]
OR
Q2) a) Convert the following infix expressions to prefix expressions using stock.
Clearly indicate the stock contents for each operation [10]
i) (A+2) $3*(P+Q)/(X – Y)
ii) M/N*(R+S – T * 2) $ B
($ is for power operation)
b) Enlist applications of queue data structure & establish using sudo code
conditions for queue overflow and queue under flow for circular queue.[8]
Q3) a) Write sudo code for inserting a node in binary search tree. [6]
b) Enlist applications of Binary trees & write sudo code for inorder-tree
traversal with non-recursive approach. [8]
c) What is the space complexity of threaded binary tree. Justify your answer.[3]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Write sudo code for inserting a node in inorder - threaded binary tree.[8]
b) Discuss the various scenarios of deleting a node from binary search tree.
[6]
c) Construct a binary tree from the given traversal. [3]
Inorder : H, D, I, B, E, A, J, F, K, C, e
Postorder : H, I, D, E, B, J, K, F, e, C, A
Q5) a) For a given following tree, convert it to balanced AVL tree. Indicate balance
factor and type of rotation for each operation. After conversion insert
node 15 & 24 in the tree. After insertion if the tree becomes inbalanced,
convert it again to AVL. [10]
b) For the given graph below draw MST, using prim’s algorithm. [8]
OR
[6002]-227 2
Q6) a) Construct heap data structure to sort the following set of no.
S. Demonstrate all heapify operations. (Use - max heap) [8]
6 4 15 12 85 18 7 25 9
b) Discuss the significance of topological sorting. Contrast the time-
complexitier of kruskal’s and prin’s algorithm to find MST. [6]
c) Enlist graph traversal techniques and explain briefly. [4]
Q7) a) Explain the significance of a file. Contrast & Discuss features of different
types of file organizations. [8]
b) Enlist features of a good hash function. Discuss briefly with the help of
example different types of collision resolution techniques. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss the importance of file opening & file closing operations. Explain
the purpose of the following modes. [9]
i) ios :: app
ii) ios :: trunc
iii) ios :: binary
iv) ios :: ate
b) Create hash task and resolve collision using linear probing with replacement.
task size = 10 hash function = key % 10 [8]
18, 15, 23, 69, 52, 65, 98, 21, 25, 16
[6002]-227 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1598 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-228
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning)
COMPUTER NETWORKS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (218543)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) What is CRC? Generate the CRC code of message 1101110111. Given
generator Polynomial g(x) = x3 + x + 1. [9]
b) Explain the working mechanism of [9]
i) Stop and Wait ARQ
ii) Go back-N ARQ
OR
Q2) a) Explain with example fixed-size framing and variable size framing. [9]
b) What is hamming code? Also find Hamming code word for following
Data word 1010001 using odd parity. [9]
OR
Q8) a) What is SNMP? What is the purpose SMI and MIB in relation to SNMP?
[9]
b) What is MIME? Discuss its role in SMTP. [8]
[6002]-228 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1599 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-229
S.E. (AI & ML)
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (218544)
Q5) a) Define Exception. What are its types? Discuss exception handling
mechanism in detail. [9]
b) What is Generic Programming? Discuss any four methods of Arraya
List class with their syntax. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Is there any difference between throw and throws in exception handling
in Java? If ‘yes’, justify your answer [9]
b) How basic mathematical set operations union, intersection, and subset
are performed using set interface? [9]
Q7) a) What is a design pattern? Write a short note on ‘Singleton’ design pattern.
[9]
b) Write program to handle primitive data types in file handling. [8]
OR
Q8) a) How do you write to a file and read from a file using File Writer and File
Reader class, respectively? [8]
b) What are the advantages of design patterns? Explain ‘Adaptor’ design
pattern in detail. [9]
[6002]-229 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1600 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-230
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning)
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (218545)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Question 1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5 or 6 and 7or 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) What are the characteristics of a good design? Explain Software Quality
Guidelines and Attributes of software design. [9]
b) What is an architectural style? Explain different architectural style with
suitable example. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is a component? Explain An Object-Oriented View of components
with suitable example. [9]
b) Explain design evaluation cycle. What are design issues we have to
consider which designing user interface? [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Define quality. What is Cost of Quality? Explain types of Cost of Quality
in details. [9]
b) What is software testing? Why it is important? Explain Principles of
Software Testing. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain defect management. Explain various stages of defect management
process. [9]
b) Compare Software Quality Assurance, Software Quality Control and
Software Testing. [9]
[6002]-230 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P-1601 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-231
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
OPERATING SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (218552)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary
Q1) a) What is the critical section problem? Discuss the criteria for a solution to
a critical section problem. [8]
b) What is a deadlock? What is a safe, unsafe, and deadlock state? Explain
the deadlock detection algorithm for resources with multiple instances
with a suitable diagram. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the Dining Philosopher problem with the help of pseudo code.[8]
b) What are the four necessary conditions for deadlock? How is a deadlock
detected in a system with resources having single instances? Explain with
an example. [9]
Q3) a) For the physical memory of 1MBytes, demonstrate the following memory
requests and release using the buddy system.
Request 120K, Request 155K, Request 42K, Request 240K. Release
120K. Release 42K. Request 80K. Release 240K. Release 155K, Release
80K.
Also, draw the tree representation after Request 240K. [9]
b) Why is the capability to relocate processes desirable? Explain in detail with
the help of a neat diagram. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Consider the page reference string: 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Calculate the number of page faults for the FIFO page replacement
algorithm with 3 frames and with 4 frames. Discuss your observations
from the number of page faults in both cases. [9]
b) What are the distinctions among logical, relative and physical addresses?
Give Example. [9]
Q5) a) With the help of a neat diagram, explain free space management methods
in secondary storage. [9]
b) Describe different methods of record blocking with the help of a neat
diagram. [9]
OR
Q6) a) A disk drive has 200 tracks, numbered 0-199. The drive is currently serving
the request at track no 100. The queue of pending requests in FIFO order
is 27, 129, 110, 186, 147, 41, 10, 64, 120. Starting from the current head
position what is the total distance that disk arm moves to satisfy all the
pending requests for the following disk scheduling algorithms. Assume
that the head is moving in the decreasing order of track number for SCAN
and C-LOOK. [12]
i) FCFS ii) SCAN
iii) C-LOOK iv) SSTF
b) Explain in brief, with the help of a diagram different techniques for
performing I/O. [6]
[6002]-231 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1602 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-232
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning)
FUNDAMENTALS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
AND MACHINE LEARNING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (218553)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is Supervised and Unsupervised Learning? Give real life example
of supervised and unsupervised learning. [6]
b) What is Dimensionality Reduction? Explain Subset Selection in detail.[6]
c) Write short note Principal Component Analysis. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain different types of Learning Models in Machine Learning. [6]
b) Explain with example Forward and Backward Selection method for Subset
Selection. [6]
c) Why do we need Dimensionality Reduction? What are its drawbacks?[6]
Q7) a) What is univariate and multivariate regression? Explain any two measures
of performance evaluation of Regression Model. [7]
b) Explain One-Vs-One construction method of multiclass classifier with
suitable example. [6]
c) Justify the following : [4]
i) Prediction of the height of a person. Is it a regression task?
ii) Find the gender of a person by analyzing his writing style. Is it a
classification task?
iii) Filter out spam emails. Is it a example of unsupervised learning.
iv) “Identifying type of fruit” Is this a regression task or classification?
OR
Q8) a) What is regression? Explain SSE, MSE and MAE in context of regression.
[7]
b) Define following terms with suitable example : [6]
i) Confusion Matrix
ii) False Positive Rate
iii) True Positive Rate
iv) Accuracy
v) F1-Score
c) Explain under fit, over fit and just fit models for Regression. [4]
[6002]-232 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1603 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-233
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning)
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (218554)
Subject(sub_code,sub_name)
ii) Find how many Student have failed in the subject DBMS.
OR
Q2) a) What is view? How is it created and stored? List two major problem
with modification of database trough view. [6]
b) Suppose there are two relation r and s such that the foreign key B of r
references the primary key A of s. Describe how the trigger mechanism
can be used to implement the on delete cascade option when a tuple is
deleted from s. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Compute closure of the following set F of FD for relational schema.[6]
R=(A,B,C,D,E)
OR
T1 T2 T3
Read(Q)
Write(Q)
Write(Q)
Write(Q)
OR
[6002]-233 2
Q6) a) Define Serializability. Give test for conflict Serializability. Check Whether
following schedule is conflict serializable. [7]
T1 T2
Read(A)
Write(A)
Read(A)
Write(A)
Read(B)
Write(B)
Read(B)
Write(B)
b) Explain deferred database modification and immediate database
modification and there difference in the context of recovery. [6]
c) Explain Timestamp based Concurrency Control [4]
[6002]-233 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1604 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-234
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (218555)
Q1) a) Use the Cohen Sutherland Line Clipping Algorithm with the help of region
codes to clip a line AB with A(50,30), B(110,70) and PQ with P (30,70),
Q (90,30) to clip a line against a window with lower left-hand corner
(40,40) and Upper right-hand corner (100,80). Show Graphic
Representation of Original and Clipped Line. [9]
b) What is projection? Explain with diagram, oblique - Cavalier, Cabinet,
Orthographic-isometric, diametric, trimetric Parallel projections. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Let ABCD be the rectangle window with A (150,150) B (150,200),
C (200,200) and D (200,150).Use Cohen Hodgeman polygon clipping
algorithm to clip the convex polygon PQR with P (165,240), Q (180,90),
R (100,175) and find the final coordinates of the clipped polygon. [9]
b) Explain the basic transformation techniques in 3D Graphics [9]
i) Rotation
ii) Translation
iii) Reflection about XY Plane
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is a segment? Why do we need segments? Explain the complete
process of [9]
i) Segment creation,
ii) Segment Deletion and
iii) Segment Renaming.
b) Explain in detail combined diffuse and specular reflections with multiple
light sources. [8]
Q5) a) Write short note on Hilbert’s and Koch Curve along its Topological and
Fractal Dimensions. [9]
b) Write short note on [9]
i) Design of animation sequence
ii) Frame-by-Frame Animation techniques
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail with diagram Bezier curve generation using midpoint
subdivision method. [9]
b) What is interpolation? Explain the process of curves Approximation.
[9]
Q7) a) What is the different usage of Virtual Reality? Explain in detail. [6]
b) What is Haptics Rendering Pipeline Modeling in Virtual Reality. [6]
c) What is kinematic modeling in a Virtual Reality? [5]
OR
Q8) a) What is graphics rendering pipeline in a Virtual Reality system. [6]
b) Explain gesture interfaces in Virtual Reality. [6]
c) Explain 3D position trackers.
[5]
[6002]-234 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1605 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-235
S.E. (Robotics and Automation)
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
(Semester-III) (2019 Pattern) (211082)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks
3) Use of calculator is allowed
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary
Q1) a) A timber deam of rectangular section carries a load of 2 kN at mid-span.
The beam is simply supported over a span of 3.6 m. If the depth of
section is to be twice the breadth, and the bending stress in not to exceed
9 N/mm2 , determine the cross-sectional dimensions. [8]
b) What do you mean by Shear Stress in Beams? [5]
c) What do you mean by Section modulus? State the formula for section
modulus of rectangular and circular section. [4]
OR
Q2) a) A rectangular beam of breadth 100 mm and depth 200 mm is simply
supported over a span of 4 m. The beam is loaded with a uniformly
distributed load of 5 kN/m over the entire span. Find the maximum bending
stresses. [8]
b) An I section beam 350mm×200mm has a web thickness of 12.5 mm and
a flange thickness of 25 mm. It carries a shearing force of 200 kN at a
section. Sketch the stress distribution across the section. [9]
Q3) a) Using Mohar's circle, obtain the maximum shear stress in the body when
it is subjected to direct tensile stress in one plane accompanied by a
simple shear stress. [8]
b) A steel bar 50 mm×50 mm in section and 3 m in length is subjected to a
axial pull of 140 KN. Calculate the strain energy stored in the bar and also
find extension of the bar. Assume modulus of elasticity as 200 GPa. [9]
P. T. O
OR
Q4) a) The radius of Mohr's circle of stress of strained element is 20 MPa and a
minor tensile stress is 20 MPa. Determine the major principal stress. [7]
b) Evaluate the principal stresses and principal planes for the state of stress
shown in Figure. [10]
Q5) a) What must be the length of a 5mm diameter aluminium wire so that it can
be twisted through I complete revolution without exceeding a shear of
42N/mm2. Take, G=27 GPa. [8]
OR
[6002]-235 2
Q6) a) A cylindrical compressed air drum is 2 m in diameter with plates 12.5 mm
thick. The efficiencies of the longitudinal and circumferential joints ane
85% and 45% respectively. If the tensile stress in the plating is to be
limited to 100 MN/m2, find the maximum safe air pressure. [10]
[6002]-235 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1606 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-236
S.E. (Robotics and Automation Engineering)
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (211501)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable additional data if necessary.
5) Use of a non-programmable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain the concept of ADC in A Tmega 328P -based Arduino board.[4]
b) Explain the concept of Pulse Width Modulation (PWM). [6]
c) Draw a neat schematic showing the interfacing of temperature sensor LM
35 with AT mega 328P-based Arduino board. The output of LM 35 is
connected to analog pin A4 of the Arduino board. Write the algorithm for
the same. [8]
i) What is the operating temperature range of LM 35?
ii) How many pins are available for the LM35 sensor?
iii) What is the output voltage of LM 35 per degree Celsius
temperature?
OR
Q2) a) Draw the schematic showing the interfacing of an AT mega-based Arduino
board to a DC motor with L293D. [4]
b) Draw a neat diagram showing the interfacing of the strain gauge with an
ATmega 328P-based Arduino board. Given that the output voltage from
the strain gauge after signal conditioning is connected to analog pin A0 of
the Arduino board. Write algorithmic steps to display strain on the serial
monitor. [6]
c) Draw and explain the interfacing of the Accelerometer with Arduino
ATmega 328P. Write its algorithm. [8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Write any four industrial applications of the DC series and DC shunt
motor. [4]
b) State and explain the working principle of the DC generator along with a
diagram. [6]
c) Draw the schematic of the three-point starter used for the DC shunt motor.
Indicate the following components of the three-point starter and write
their functions during operation. [7]
i) No volt coil:
ii) Overload release.
OR
Q4) a) What is the back emf in the DC motor? Write the emf equation of the DC
generator. [4]
b) Draw and explain the Speed-armature current characteristics and
torque-armature current characteristics of the DC shunt motor. [6]
c) Derive the expression for the torque of the DC machine. [7]
Q5) a) Write any four industrial applications of the induction motor. [4]
b) Explain constructional details of three-phase IM with its appropriate
diagram. [6]
c) Derive the expression for the torque developed in a three-phase induction
motor under running conditions. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Distinguish between squirrel cage and slip ring induction motors. Write
any four valid points. [4]
b) The useful torque of the three-phase, 50 Hz, an 8-pole induction motor is
190 NM. The frequency of the rotor is 1.5 Hz. Calculate the rotor copper
loss if the mechanical losses are 700 watts. [6]
c) Explain the operation of star-delta ‘starter used for three phase induction
motor with the help of a neat schematic diagram. [8]
Q7) a) Differentiate AC and DC motors. Write any four valid points. [4]
b) Describe the constructional details and operation of the capacitor start
capacitor run induction motor with the help of diagrams. [6]
c) Describe the construction and working of the Universal motor with the
help of suitable diagrams and state its two applications. [7]
OR
Q8) a) What is a linear induction motor? Draw its diagram. [4]
b) Explain the construction and working of the shaded pole induction motor
with the help of a suitable diagram. [6]
c) Describe the construction and working of Brushless DC (BLDC) motor
with the help of a suitable diagram and state any two applications of it.[7]
[6002]-236 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1607 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-237
S.E. (Robotics and Automation)
MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (211502)
OR
Q2) a) Explain any four extrusion process variables with sketch. [9]
Q3) a) Explain the different types of welding electrodes used in arc welding
process? [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the application of Alternating current (AC), Direct Current Straight
Polarity (DCSP) and Direct Current Reverse Polarity (DCRP) in Shielded
Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) process. [9]
b) How the heat balance is achieved in spot welding, explain the spot welding
process? [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with neat diagram construction and working of Abrasive Jet
Machining (AJM) process. [9]
b) Draw schematic diagram of Water Jet Machining (WJM). Explain its
construction and working. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain briefly EDM process characteristics. [9]
b) Explain the construction and working principle of Plasma Arc Machining
(PAM) with neat sketch. [9]
[6002]-237 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
b) What are stainless steel? Give typical composition and two uses of
various types of stainless steel. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What is steel? What do you understand by eutectoid, hypereutectoid
and hypoeutectoid steel? [10]
b) Classify C.I.? And give its application. [8]
[6002]-238 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1609 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-239
S.E. (Robotics and Automation)
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (211508)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
OR
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Define Industrial Engineering. What are the functions carried out by an
Industrial Engineer? Describe any four tools and techniques of Industrial
Engineering. [9]
b) Describe Taylor Piece Wage System and Merrick Piece Wage System
with suitable illustration. State the advantages and limitations of these
systems. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Define Basic work content. Describe the factors which affects the basic
work content (i.e. excess work content). [10]
b) Define and explain with suitable illustration i) Total productivity ii) Labor
productivity and iii) Material productivity. What are the benefits of
increased productivity? [7]
Q7) a) Describe the process to carry out work sampling study. State how the
standard time is calculated using work sampling study. [10]
[6002]-239 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Sketch root locus for G H(S) = K(S+4) (S+5)/ (S+3) (S+1). [8]
b) What is frequency domain analysis ? Explian any one stability criteria
used in frequency domain to check the stability of system. [9]
OR
Q4) a) State Nyquist theorem and explain Nyquist stability criteria. [8]
b) Define polar plot and draw the polar plot for G(S) = S. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain digital control system in detail. Enlist its advantages and
Applications. [9]
b) Explain the architecture of PLC with neat diagram. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain any four selection parameters of PLC also enlist functions of
PLC. [9]
b) What is sampling? Explain the process of sampling with waveform.[9]
[6002]-240 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Discuss the different types of threads used in power screw. [6]
b) Define lead angle, major diameter, lead, and pitch interms of power
screw. [4]
c) The cutter of a broaching machine is pulled by square threaded screw
of 55 mm external diameter and 10 mm pitch. The operating nut takes
the axial load of 400 N on a flat surface of 60 mm and 90 mm internal
and external diameters respectively. If the coefficient of friction is 0.15
for all contact surfaces on the nut, determine the power required to
rotate the operating nut when the cutting speed is 6 m/min. Also find
the efficiency of the screw. [8]
OR
Q2) a) A vertical two start square threaded screw of a 100 mm mean
diameter and 20 mm pitch supports a vertical load of 18 kN. The
axial thrust on the screw is taken by a collar bearing of 250 mm
outside diameter and 100 mm inside diameter. Find the force
required at the end of a lever which is 400 mm long in order to lift
and lower the load. The coefficient of friction for the vertical screw
and nut is 0.15 and that for collar bearing is 0.20. [8]
b) Define core diameter, minor diameter, left hand screw, and Multiple
thread screw in terms of power screw. [4]
c) What is meant by power screw? Give its advantages, disadvantages
and applications. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What is meant by springs? Explain different types of springs. [6]
b) A compression coil spring made of an alloy steel is having the following
specifications :
Mean diameter of coil = 50mm; Wire diameter = 5mm; Number of
active coils = 20. If this spring is subjected to an axial load of 500N;
calculate the maximum shear stress (neglect the curvature effect) to
which the spring material is subjected. [4]
c) c) A helical spring is made from a wire of 6 mm diameter and has
outside diameter of 75 mm. If the permissible shear stress is 350 MPa
and modulus of rigidity 84 kN/mm2, find the axial load which the
spring can carry and the deflection per active turn. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the Surge in Springs. [6]
b) Give any 2 applications of springs and any 2 material required for
manufacturing of springs. [4]
c) Design a spring for a balance to measure 0 to 1000 N over a scale of
length 80 mm. The spring is to be enclosed in a casing of 25 mm
diameter. The approximate number of turns is 30. The modulus of
rigidity is 85 kN/mm2. Also calculate the maximum shear stress induced.
[8]
Q5) a) What is spur gear? Enlist any 2 applications of spur gear and Give its
detail classification. [9]
b) A bronze spur pinion rotating at 600 r.p.m. drives a cast iron spur gear
at a transmission ratio of 4:1. The allowable static stresses for the bronze
pinion and cast iron gear are 84 MPa and 105 MPa respectively. The
pinion has 16 standard 20° full depth involute teeth of module 8 mm.
The face width of both the gears is 90 mm. Find the power that can be
transmitted from the standpoint of strength. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Define the terms in respective of spur gears: Module, Addendum, Pitch
circle diameter, and Backlash [4]
b) Discuss the Causes of Gear Tooth Failure. [5]
[6002]-241 2
c) The following particulars of a single reduction spur gear are given :
Gear ratio = 10:1; Distance between centres = 660 mm approximately;
Pinion transmits 500 kW at 1800 r.p.m.: Involute teeth of standard
proportions (addendum = m) with pressure angle of 22.5°; Permissible
normal pressure between teeth = 175 N per mm of width, Find: [8]
i) The nearest standard module if no interference is to occur;
ii) The number of teeth on each wheel;
iii) The necessary width of the pinion; and
iv) The load on the bearings of the wheels due to power transmitted.
Q7) a) What are rolling contact bearings? Discuss their advantages over sliding
contact bearings. [4]
b) Write short note on classifications and different types of antifriction
bearings. [5]
c) A shaft rotating at constant speed is subjected to variable load. The
bearings supporting the shaft are subjected to stationary equivalent
radial load of 3 kN for 10 percent of time, 2 kN for 20 percent of time,
1 kN for 30 percent of time and no load for remaining time of cycle. If
the total life expected for the bearing is 20 × 106 revolutions at 95
percent reliability, calculate dynamic load rating of the ball bearing.[8]
OR
Q8) a) Where are the angular contact and self-aligning ball bearings used?
Draw neat sketches of these bearings. [7]
b) How do you express the life of a bearing? What is an average or median
life? [6]
c) Explain how the following factors influence the life of a bearing: [4]
i) Load
ii) Speed
iii) Temperature
iv) Reliability
[6002]-241 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1612 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-242
S.E. (Robotics & Automation)
Metrology and Quality Assurance
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (211511)
Q1) a) With neat sketch explain the working principle of tool maker’s microscope.
[8]
b) Explain effective diameter measurement by three wire method. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain screw thread terminology. [8]
b) Explain the use of profile projector with neat sketch. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain Juran’s Trilogy with neat sketch. [9]
b) Write a short note on: [9]
i) Quality Circle
ii) Six Sigma
iii) TPM
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail TQM and its importance. [9]
b) Explain following QC tools. [9]
i) Pareto Chart
ii) Control Chart
iii) Stratification
[6002]-242 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1613 [6002]-243
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q1) a) Use cubic spline interpolation to obtain y at x =5 for the following data:
[12]
X 3 4.5 7 9
Y 2.5 1 2.5 0.5
OR
Q2) a) A point (0,1,1) is rotated by 90° using a quaternion coincident with y
axis. Determine the transformed position of the point. [12]
Q3) a) Obtain x,y and z co - ordinate of a point on the Bazier surface patch at
u = 0.5 and v = 0.5 using following control points: [9]
(0,0,0) (1,1,0) (2,0,0)
(0,1,1,) (1, 2,1) (2,1,1)
(0,0, 2) (1,1, 2) (2,0,2)
b) Explain the applications of Bezier curves in robot path planning. [8]
OR
[6002]-243 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are B - spline curves? How the geometric continuity is determined
for B - spline curves? [7]
OR
Q6) a) Obtain a point (P) in a plane parallel to XZ plane and containing point
(1,1,1). Assume the values of arbitrary scalers for two vectors as 2 and 1
respectively. [12]
Q7) a) What do you mean by an outer product? What are the properties of
outer product? [9]
b) Show that the multiplication of basis blades e12 and e13 is –e 23. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Write short note on: Rotation and reflection. [9]
… … …
[6002]-243 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1614 [6002]- 244
[Total No. of Pages : 3
Q1) a) Explain the concept of Available and Unavailable energy. When does the
system become dead? [8]
b) 1 Kg of air at a pressure of 8 bar and a temperature of 100° C undergoes
a reversible Polytropic process following the law pv1.2 = constant. If the
final pressure is 1.8 bar determine the increase in entropy, work done
and heat transfer of the system? [9]
OR
Q2) a) State Boyle’s law and Charle’s law and derive an equation of the state
for a perfect gas? [8]
b) A system at 500 K receives 7200 KJ/min from a source at 1000 K. The
temperature of atmosphere is 300 K. Assuming that the temperature of
system and source remain constant during heat transfer, Determine: [9]
i) The entropy produced during heat transfer.
ii) The decrease in available energy after heat transfer.
Q3) a) Explain the constructional details & working of Separating & Throttling
calorimeter? [10]
b) Explain the following terms: (i) Saturated steam,(ii) Dry saturated steam,
(iii) Wet steam, (iv) superheated steam, (v) Dryness fraction of steam,(vi)
Specific volume of steam, and (vii) Saturated water. [8]
OR
[6002]-244 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) A Rankine cycle operates between pressure of 80 bar and 0.1 bar. The
maximum cycle temperature is 600°C. If the steam turbine and condensate
pump efficiencies are 0.9 and 0.8 respectively. Calculate specific work
and thermal efficiency? [12]
P T°C Specific Volume Specific EnthapyKJ/Kg Specific Entropy KJKg
bar m3/kg K
vf Vg hf hfg hg Sf Sfg Sg
0.1 45.84 0.0010103 14.68 191.9 2392.3 2584.2 0.6488 7.5006 8.1494
80 295.1 0.001385 0.0235 1317 1440.5 2757.5 3.2073 2.5351 5.7424
At 80 bar, 600°C:Vsup = 0.486 m3/kg; hsup = 3642 KJ/Kg;Ssup =7.0206 KJ/Kg K.
b) Find the external work done during evaporation, internal latent enthalpy
and internal energy per kg of steam at a pressure of 15 bar (1,500 kPa)
when the steam is [6]
i) 0.9 dry,and
ii) dry saturated
Q5) a) Describe with the help of neat sketch (any one) the following calorimeters
used for the determination of heating values [11]
i) Bomb Calorimeter
ii) Junker gas calorimeter
b) What do you mean by Stochiometric Air Fuel ratio (A/F ratio) and explain
the advantages/disadvantages of excess air supplied for the combustion?
[6]
OR
Q6) a) What are the advantages of using Liquid fuels over Soild fuels? List out
minimum six advantages with justification? [6]
b) Percentage volumetric analysis of a sample of flue gases of a coal fired
boiler gave CO2 = 10.4%,CO = O.2%O2 = 7.8%,and N2 = 81.6% (by
difference). Gravimetric Percentage analysis of coal was
C = 78%,H2 =6%, O2 = 3% and incombustible = 13%. Estimate: [11]
[6002]-244 2
i) Weight of dry flue gases per Kg of fuel
ii) Weight of excess air per Kg of fuel.
Q7) a) What is the function of Boiler Mountings? Explain with neat sketches
any three of the mountings? [8]
b) A steam generator evaporates 18000 Kg/hr of steam at 12.5 bar and a
quality of 0.97 from feed water at 105°C, when coal is fired at the rate of
2040 Kg/hr. If the HCV of the coal is 27400 KJ/Kg, Determine: [10]
i) The heat rate of boiler in KJ/Hr;
ii) The Equivalent Evaporation;
iii) The thermal effciency of the Boiler.
OR
Q8) a) What do you mean by Boiler Draught and how are they classified.
Enumerate the advantages of Mechanical Draught? [6]
b) A steam generator delivers steam at 100 bar,500°C (Enthalpy,
h=3373.7KJ/Kg). The feed water inlet temperature is 160°C (h=677 KJ/
Kg). The enthalpies of saturated liquid and saturated vapour at 100 bar
are 1407.65 KJ/Kg and 2724.7 KJ/Kg respectively. The steam generation
rate is 100000 Kg/hr and the steam generator efficiency is 88%. Estimate:
[12]
i) The fuel burning rate in Kg/hr, if the calorific value of fuel is 21
MJ/Kg;
ii) The percentage of total heat absorbed in the economizer, evaporator
and superheater.
Assume that only latent heat is absorbed in the Evaporator (Boiler
drum) and neglect any pressure drop.
[6002]-244 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Derive the emf equation of a DC machine and hence write the voltage
equation of a DC shunt motor. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Derive the expression for torque developed in a three phase induction
motor under running conditions. Hence state the equation for maximum
torque developed. [6]
b) The power input to a 500V, 50Hz, 6-pole, 3-phase induction motor
running at 975 rpm is 40 kW. The stator losses are 1kW and the
friction windage losses are 2 kW. Calculate : [6]
i) Rotor copper loss
ii) Shaft output
iii) Efficiency of motor
c) Draw the torque-slip characteristic curve for a slip ring induction motor.
Hence show the effect of increase in rotor resistance value on this curve.
[5]
OR
Q4) a) Distinguish between squirrel cage and slip ring induction motors. [6]
b) A 3300V, 10 pole, 50 Hz three phase star connected slip ring induction
motor has rotor resistance per phase as 0.015 and rotor reactance per
phase at standstill as 0.25 . If the motor runs at 2.5 % slip on full
load, find : [6]
i) speed of the motor
ii) speed at which the torque will be maximum
iii) ratio of maximum torque to full load torque.
c) Explain V/f control method for controlling speed of three phase
induction motor. [5]
Q5) a) Define Electric Vehicle (EV). Draw the block diagram of EV structure
and explain the function of components in it. [6]
b) Differentiate between Hybrid EV and Plug-in EV. [6]
c) Elaborate the impact of usage of EV on power grid. [6]
OR
Q6) a) State and explain the components and subsystems of Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV). [6]
b) Explain the configuration of a Series-Parallel Hybrid EV. [6]
c) Draw and explain Vehicle to Grid (V2G) technology with the help of
suitable block diagram. [6]
[6002]-245 2
Q7) a) Write voltage, specific energy, C-rate, cycle life, thermal runaway and
applications of NMC battery. [6]
b) Draw the block diagram of Battery Management System (BMS) and
explain the working of it. [6]
c) What is a supercapacitor? How can it be useful in the making of Electric
Vehicles? [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the operation of a three phase induction motor drive for an
EV with the help of a block diagram. [6]
b) State merits and demerits of LMO Battery. [6]
c) Explain the working of hydrogen fuel cell. [5]
[6002]-245 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) What are the different methods used to measure friction power? Explain
anyone method with a neat sketch. [9]
b) In a test of four cylinder, four stroke Petrol engine 75 mm bore and
100 mm stroke, the following results were obtained at full throttle at a
particular constant speed and with a fixed setting of fuel supply
6.0 kg/hr. [9]
BP with all cylinders = 15.24 kW
BP with cylinder no. 1 cut out = 11. kW
BP with cylinder no. 2 cut out = 11.03 kW
BP with cylinder no. 3 cut out = 10.88 kW
BP with cylinder no. 4 cut out = 10.66 kW
Calorific value of the fuel = 43600 kJ/kg
Clearance volume = 0.0001 m3.
P.T.O.
Calculate :
i) Mechanical efficiency
ii) Indicated thermal efficiency
iii) Air standard efficiency
OR
Q4) a) Define the following terms with their formula (any four) : [9]
i) Indicated power
ii) Friction power
iii) Mean effective pressure
iv) Volumetric efficiency
v) Brake specific fuel consumption
vi) Brake thermal efficiency
b) During the trial of a single cylinder, four stroke oil engine, the following
results were obtained : [9]
Cylinder diameter = 20 cm,
Stroke = 40 cm,
Mean effective pressure = 6 bar,
Torque = 407 Nm,
Speed = 250 rpm,
Fuel consumption = 4 kg/hr,
C.V. of fuel = 43 MJ/kg,
Cooling water flow rate = 4.5 kg/min,
Air used per kg of fuel = 30 kg of air/kg of fuel,
Rise in cooling water temperature = 45 °C,
Temperature of exhaust gases = 420 °C,
Room temperature = 20 °C,
Mean specific heat of exhaust gas = 1 kJ/kg-K,
Specific heat of water = 4.18 kJ/kg-K.
Calculate :
i) Indicated power
ii) Brake power
iii) Also, thaw a heat balance sheet for the test.
[6002]-246 2
Q5) a) Explain with neat sketch pump assisted thermo-syphon water-cooling
systems. Differentiate between air-cooling and water-cooling system.
[8]
b) Draw neat sketch wet sump lubrication system. Differentiate between
wet sump and dry sump lubrication system. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain magneto ignition system and state its advantages and
disadvantages. [8]
b) What is supercharging? Differentiate between supercharging and
turbocharging. [9]
[6002]-246 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Define path line, streak line and stream tube and give examples of
each. [4]
b) Derive general equation for continuity for a 3D flow in Cartesian
coordinates for a steady incompressible flow. [6]
c) Find acceleration and vorticity components at a point (1, 1, 1) for
following flow field. Find Velocity potential. [7]
3 z 2
u = 2x + 3y, v = 2xy + 3y + 3zy w
2 2 2 xz 9 y 2 z
2
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate between Convective and local Accelerations. [4]
b) Discuss various types of flow with suitable example and mathematical
expression. [4]
c) The velocity component of 2D flow field are as follows. [7]
y3 x3
u 2 x 2 x y v xy 2 y
2 2
3 3
i) Whether flow is possible
ii) Obtain expression for stream function
iii) Obtain an expression for potential function
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Show that for a steady laminar flow through a circular pipe mean
velocity of flow occurs at radial distance of 0.707 R from center of
pipe where R is radius of pipe. [4]
b) Derive Bernoulli’s equation from Euler’s equation along a stream line.
[6]
c) A lubricating oil of viscosity of 10 poise and specific gravity 0.8 is
pumped through a 50 mm diameter pipe. If the pressure drop per
meter length of pipe is 20 kN/m2, determine : [8]
i) Discharge of oil in liter /sec
ii) Shear stress of pipe wall
iii) Total friction drag
Power required per 50m, length of pipe to maintain flow.
OR
Q4) a) Derive an expression of velocity and shear stress distribution for laminar
flow through pipe. [6]
b) With neat sketch explain the HGL and TEL. [4]
c) Differentiate between venturimeter and Orificemeter.
Determine the flow rate of oil with specific gravity 0.7 flows through
pipe of diameter 400 mm inclined at 30° with horizontal connected
with mercury differetial manometer,Venturi meter of throat 200 mm
gives deflection of 500 mm. Take throat to mouth distance of 600 mm
and flow meter coefficient as 0.98. [8]
Q5) a) What is drag and Lift? Explain different types of drag on an immersed
body. [4]
b) What is boundary layer? Explain with neat sketch the development of
boundary layer over smooth flat plate. [6]
c) A pipeline of length 2km is used for power transmission. If 110.3625
kW power is to be transmitted through the pipe in which water having
a pressure of 490.5 N/cm2 at inlet is flowing. Find the diameter of the
pipe and efficiency of transmission if the pressure drop over the length
of pipe is 98.1 N/cm2. Take f= 0.0065. [8]
[6002]-247 2
OR
Q6) a) Explain with neat sketches, hydrodynamically smooth and rough
boundaries. [4]
b) Explain the concept of equivalent pipe and derive Dupit’s equation.[6]
c) Derive an expression for displacement, momentum and energy
thicknesses. [8]
ND 2
T N D f
2 5
OR
Q8) a) Explain the Weber’s model law. [4]
b) Find the scale ratio of a model, by using the following data:
For model, velocity of water through the circular pipe is 1 m/s.
For prototype, velocity of oil 0.14 m/s through pipe of diameter 50mm.
Assume Vwater = 0.01 cm2/ sec, voil = 0.007 cm2/sec. For Dynamic
similarity also find the diameter of pipe for model. [4]
c) Using Buckingham’s pi theorem show that the discharge Q consumed
by oil ring is given by:
Q = D3 N f , , 2
ND D N DN
2 3 2
[6002]-247 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
æ ND r ND 2 ÷ö
T = r N D f çç
2 5
, ÷
çè V m ÷÷ø
P.T.O.
b) Prove that the condition for maximum efficiency (V = 2u) for a jet of
water strikes at centre of series of curved vane also finds an expression
for maximum efficiency. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Double Jet Pelton Wheel has a specific speed of 14 and is required to
deliver 1000 kW. The turbine is supplied through pipeline from a
reservoir whose level is 400 m above the nozzles. Allowing 5% for
frictional loss in the pipe, Calculate : i) Speed in RPM ii) Diameter of
jets. iii) Mean Diameter of Bucket circle. (iv) Number of buckets Take
Cv = 0.98, speed ratio = 0.46 and overall efficiency = 85%, the specific
speed is based on power output per jet. [10]
b) Define Gross Head, Net Head, Jet Ratio, Run Away Speed, Volumetric
efficiency, Hydraulic Efficiency, Mechanical Efficiency and Overall
Efficiency related to Pelton wheel. [8]
[6002]-248 2
Q7) a) Derive the expression for rise in pressure in the impeller of a centrifugal
pump. [6]
b) Find the rise in pressure in the impeller of a centrifugal pump through
which water is flowing at the rate 15 litre/s. The internal and external
diameters of the impeller are 20 cm and 40 cm respectively. Widths of
impeller at inlet and outlet are 1.6 cm and 0.8 cm .The pump is running
at 1200 r.p.m. The water enters the impeller radially at inlet and impeller
vane angle at outlet is 30°. Neglect losses through the impeller. [7]
c) What is Priming? Explain methods of priming in pump. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Derive the expression for minimum starting speed of a centrifugal
pump. [7]
b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet
are 300 mm and 600 mm respectively. The velocity of flow at outlet is
2.5 m/s and vanes are set back at an angle of 45° at outlet. Determine
the minimum starting speed of the pump if the manometric efficiency
is 75%. [6]
c) Explain cavitation and NPSH in pump. [5]
[6002]-248 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Enlist the factors affecting tool life. State Taylors’ Tool life equation.[6]
b) Explain cutting variables. Find machining time required for machining
a work-piece of 100 mm diameter, 350 mm length, turn all over in 5
passes. Approach length is 2 mm, Over-travel = 2 mm, the feed = 0.5
mm/rev and cutting speed is 50 m/min. [6]
c) Explain the geometry of a single point cutting tool with suitable
sketches. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Demonstrate the various types of chips formed during metal cutting.[6]
b) Prove the relationship between chip thickness ratio (r), rake angle ()
and shear angle (). [6]
c) Explain any six operations performed on lathe machine with neat sketch.
[6]
[6002]-249 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1620 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-250
S.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
THERMAL ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (202061)
i) Moist air;
OR
Q2) a) How the air conditioning systems are classified and explain the summer
air conditioning system with neat sketch. [8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain Briefly Diesel Cycle with the help of P-V & T-S diagram, and
derive an expression for ideal efficiency of diesel cycle. [10]
b) Explain closed cycle gas turbine with neat sketch, and show the cycle
P-V & T-S Diagram. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Compare the Gas Turbines with I.C. Engine. [9]
b) Calculate the ideal air-standard cycle efficiency of petrol engine operating
on Otto cycle. The cylinder bore is 50 mm, a stroke is of 75 mm and the
clearance volume is of 21.3 cm3. [9]
[6002]-250 2
[6002]-250 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1621 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-251
S.E. (CSD)
DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS (Theory)
(2021 Pattern) (Semester - III) (218242)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
2) Draw neat and clean diagram.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain insertion sort algorithm and sort the given list in ascending order
using insertion sort: State it’s time complexity and space complexity.7, 4,
10, 6, 3, 12, 1, 8, 2, 15,9,5. [5]
b) Define following terms with respect to sorting with suitable example: [6]
i) Sort stability
ii) Efficiency
iii) Passes•
OR
Q2) a) Explain Selection sort in ascending order using the following array. State
it’s time complexity. [5]
70,30,20,50,60,10,40. Clearly show all passes.
Q3) a) Write C/C++ pseudo code to represent Singly linked list as an ADT. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Write a pseudo code to Represent Doubly Link list as an ADT. [7]
b) Define Linked List & explain following types with suitable Example. [7]
i) Singly Linked List
ii) Doubly Linked List
iii) Circular Linked List
OR
[6002]-251 2
c) Write an algorithm to evaluate postfix expression. Evaluate and find the
value of following postflx expression [7]
5 6 2 + *1 2 4/-
Q7) a) What are the disadvantages of Linear queue? Discuss how they can be
overcome. [4]
c) Explain circular queue using an array and write a pseudo code for [8]
i) enqueue
ii) dequeue
iii) display operations
OR
Q8) a) Write C/C++ pseudo code to implement linear queue using an array
perform the following operations. [4]
i) Addition of an element to queue
ii) Deletion of element from queue
c) Explain Dequeue with the insert and delete operations performed on it.[8]
[6002]-251 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Draw basic internal structures of Decade counter IC 7490 and explain
its operation. [6]
b) Design and implement 3 bit synchronous up counter using JK flip
flop. [6]
c) Draw and explain Ring Counter. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw 3 bit asynchronous up counter using JK flip flops and explain
its operation using output waveforms. [6]
b) Convert JK flip flop into T and D flip flop. [6]
c) Draw and explain bidirectional shift register. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe the elements of machine instructions. [5]
b) Explain the concept of instruction pipelining with diagram. [6]
c) Explain any 3 addressing modes with example. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Write a note on assembly language elements. [6]
b) Explain the RISC and CISC characteristics. [6]
c) How does CPU recognizes an interrupt? What is the response of the
CPU after recognition of the interrupt? [5]
[6002]-252 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1623 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-253
S.E. (Computer Science and Design)
DATA STRUCTURES AND FILES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (218253)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Write an algorithm for DFS State the time complexity of the algorithm.[6]
b) Apply Prim’s algorithm to generate a minimum spanning tree for the
following graph stored using adjacency matrix: [6]
A B C D E
A 0 5 0 6 4
B 5 0 8 0 7
C 0 8 0 0 9
D 6 0 0 0 5
E 4 7 9 5 0
c) What are connected components of a graph? Explain with example. State
the applications of graph. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain with suitable example the three storage structures for the graph.[6]
b) What is topological sorting? Apply topological sorting for the following
graph: [6]
c) Write pseudo code for BFS of a graph and explain it with suitable example.[6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Construct a AVL tree for the following data: [6]
15, 20, 24, 10, 13, 7, 30, 36, 25
b) Explain the double rotations in AVL tree with examples. [6]
c) Explain Splay tree with an example. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Static and dynamic tree tables with suitable example. [6]
b) Find the optimal binary search tree for the following: [6]
n=3
{a1, a2,a3} ={do, if, while}
{p1, p2, p3} = {0.5, 0.l, 0.05}
{q0, q1, q2, q3} = {0.15, 0.l, 0.15, 0.15}
c) Explain with example [5]
i) Red - Black Tree
ii) K-dimensional Tree
[6002]-253 2
Q7) a) Explain any three operations on sequential file organization with example.
[6]
b) Explain advantages of indexing over sequential file. Explain two types of
indices. [6]
c) What is File? What are types of files? Explain the concept of Inverted
file. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain linked organization with respect to file handling. [6]
b) Explain K-way merge algorithm. [6]
c) Compare index sequential file and direct access file. [5]
[6002]-253 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Explain Memory management and it’s requirement. Explain two types
of memory allocation. [6]
b) Write Short note on : [6]
i) Paging
ii) Segmentation
iii) Demand Paging
c) Explain Memory Partitioning in memory management. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain concept of Virtual Memory. How implementing virtual memory
through demand paging is done. [6]
b) What is the Difference between Paging and Segmentation? [6]
c) How memory partitioning is done with buddy system? What is
Relocation in Memory management? [6]
Q5) a) Explain and compare the SCAN and C-SCAN disk scheduling
algorithms. [6]
b) Discuss the different file allocation methods with suitable example.[6]
c) What are the different buffering ways in I/O buffering? [5]
OR
Q6) a) Consider the disk access request given as 55, 58, 39, 18, 90, 160, 150,
38, 184, where starting head position is -100.Calculate average seek
time using FCFS,SSTF,SCAN,C-SCAN disk scheduling policies and
show which policy performs better. [6]
b) Explain Free space management and Directory Structure in File
management. [6]
c) What are the various file accessing methods? [5]
[6002]-254 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1625 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-255
S.E. (CSD)
COMPUTER NETWORKS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (Theory) (218255)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Draw Neat and Clean Diagram.
3) Assume Suitable Data if Necessary.
Q1) a) Differentiate between distance vector and link state routing. [4]
b) Write short notes on: [8]
i) Mobile IP
ii) Border Gateway Protocol
c) Draw and explain IPV4 header format. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write short notes on: [6]
i) OSPE
ii) IPV6 header format
b) 17.63.110.114/24 for given address find out the [6]
i) Subnet mask?
ii) What is first IP address for address block?
iii) What is last IP address for address block?
c) Explain in detail ARP and RARP. [6]
[6002]-255 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1626 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-256
S.E. (Computer Science and Design Engg.)
DESIGN THINKING
(2021 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (218256)
Q1) a) What is called idea generation? How do you determine the feasibility of
ideas? [5]
b) What is brainstorming? What are different variants of brainstorming.[6]
c) What is inclusion? Why it is important in design process. [6]
OR
Q2) a) When do designers think in shapes and signs. Explain with example [5]
b) How to use story telling in design process? what are the elements of
good story telling? How to reach the users through story. [6]
c) What are visual metaphor? Design a logo which shows a visual of
unification. [6]
Q3) a) What is meant by lean start up method? How to lean start up? [7]
b) Why Visualization techniques are useful for design Thinking? Elaborate
on any three visualization techniques. [7]
c) What is done in a prototype phase? How can you develop an efficient
prototype. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the importance of presentation technique in design thinking
process? Explain the different presentation types. [7]
b) What is story boarding? Why it is important? How to create a story
board? [7]
c) What is a quick and dirty prototype? State its advantage and disadvantage
[4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the steps of testing a prototype? [4]
b) How to test idea’s desirability from the customer’s perspective? [6]
c) Explain in-depth design thinking case study which details how design
thinking helped a company to save its product. [8]
OR
Q6) a) How do you test ergonomics of a design? [4]
b) Explain different Test phase-techniques of interviews and surveys. [6]
c) What is a user test? Is user testing really needed? What is a best time to
conduct user testing? [8]
[6002]-256 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P2755 [6002]-271
[Total No. of Pages : 4
S.E. (Civil)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (207001)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or
Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logorthmic tables, electrotic pocket calculator and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
i) (D 2 4D 3) y x 3e2 x
d2y
ii) y tan x (by method of variation of Parameters).
dx 2
d3y 2
2 d y 1
iii) x3
3
2x 2
2 y 10 x .
dx dx x
b) Apply Gauss - elimination method to solve. [4]
2 x1 x2 x3 10
3 x1 2 x2 3 x3 18
x1 4 x2 9 x3 16
OR
Q2) a) Find the elastic curve of a uniform cantilever beam of length l, having a
constant weight wkg per foot and determine the deflection of the free
end. [4]
b) Apply Runge-kutta method of fourth order to solve
dy
xy y 2 ; y (0) 1 for x = 0.1 taking h = 0.1 [4]
dx
P.T.O.
c) Solve the following System by Cholesky’s method: [4]
4 x1 2 x2 0
2 x1 4 x2 x3 1
x2 4 x3 0
Q3) a) The first four moments of a distribution about the value 5 are 2, 20, 40
and 50. obtain the first four central moments [4]
1
b) Probability of man aged 60 years will live for 70 years is . Find the
10
probability of 5 men selected at random, 2 will live for 70 years. [4]
c) Find the directional derivative of x 2 y 2 z 2 at (1,–1,1) along the
vector i 2 j 2k [4]
OR
Q4) a) Assuming that the diameters of 1000 brass plugs taken consecutively
from a machine form a normal distribution with mean 0.7515 cm and
standard deviation 0.0020 cm. How many of the plugs are likely to be
approved if the acceptable diameter is 0.752 0.004 cm? [Area for 2.25
is 0.4878 and Area for 1.75 is 0.4599] [4]
b) Prove the following (any one) [4]
a r a 2(a r )
i) 2 2 r
r r r4
1 2
ii) 2 2 4
r r
c) Show that the vector field F ( y 2 cos x z 2 ) i (2 y sin x) j 2 xzk is ir-
rotational. Find scalar potential associated with it. [4]
[6002]-271 2
xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ d s , where S is the curved surface of the
b) Evaluate
s
OR
2 y 2 y
2
i) y (0, t ) 0
y
ii) 0
t t 0
iii) y ( , t ) 0
iv) y ( x,0) x, 0 x
[6002]-271 3
b) The temperature at any point of the insulated metal rod of one meter
length is governed by the differential equation [6]
u 2 u
2
c
t x 2
Find u ( x, t ) subject to the following condition.
i) u (0, t ) 0
ii) u (1, t ) 0
iii) u ( x,0) 50
c) An infinitely long uniform metal plate is enclosed between line y 0 and
y l for x>0. the Temperature is zero along the edges y 0, y l and at
infinity. If the edge x 0 is kept at constant temperature u0, find the
temperature distribution u ( x, y ). [6]
OR
Q8) Solve any two of the following.
a) A String is stretched and fastened to two points l a part, motion is started
x
by displacing the string in the form of y a sin from which it is
l
released at time t 0 . Find the displacement y ( x, t ) from one end. [7]
u 2u
b) Solve k 2 if [6]
t x
i) u ( x, t ) is bounded
ii) u (0, t ) 0
iii) u (l , t ) 0
u0 x
iv) u ( x,0) ,0 x l , u0 is constant
l
c) An infinitely long uniform plate is bounded by two Parallel edges in the
y-direction and an end at right angles to them. The breadth of the plate is
. This end is maintained at temperature u0 at all points, other edges as
zero temperature. Find steady state temperature u ( x, y ) if it satisfies
2u 2u
0. [6]
x 2 y 2
[6002]-271 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Define foundation. Differentiate between English and Flemish bond with
neat sketches. [2+4]
b) Explain composite masonry. State types and applications of composite
masonry. [1+5]
OR
Q2) a) What do you understand by substructure. Explain shallow foundation
with neat sketch. [2+4]
b) Define formwork. Enlist types of materials used for formwork. Enlist
advantages of steel formwork. [6]
Q3) a) Write the requirements of root. Explain king-post root truss. [6]
b) Classify with the help of sketches, any two types of windows. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Enlist any four types of flooring. Explain with neat sketch terrazzo flooring.
[6]
b) Explain casement window in detail. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write the requirements of good stair. Explain dog-legged staircase. [6]
OR
[6002]-272 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A solid cylindrical shaft is required to transmit 600 kW at 110 rpm. Shear
stress is not to exceed 60 N/mm2 and the twist in length of 3 m is not to
exceed 1°. Calculate the minimum diameter required. Take G = 8 × 104 MPa.
[6]
b) At a point in a loaded member, normal stress along X-direction is
80 N/mm2 along Y-direction is 50 N/mm2 and shear stress is 20 N/mm2.
Find the stresses on a plane whose normal is inclined at 30° to the
longitudinal axis. Also find the principal stresses. [6]
OR
Q4) a) A solid circular shaft 8 m long is securely fixed at both the ends. A torque
of 100 Nm is applied to the shaft at a section of 3 m from one end. Find
the reactive torques set up at the ends of the shaft. If the diameter of the
shaft is 40 mm, find the maximum shear stress in the shaft. Assume shear
modulus for the shaft as 0.84 × 105 MPa. [6]
b) Draw Mohr’s circle for the following cases : [6]
i) Pure shear
ii) Uniaxial compression
iii) Uniaxial tension.
Q5) a) A beam is loaded and supported as shown in Fig. 5-a. Determine the
value of W so that the reactions at A and D are equal. Draw SFD and
BMD indicating important points. [6]
OR
[6002]-273 2
Q6) a) Draw SFD and BMD for the beam loaded and supported as shown in
Fig. 6-a. [6]
b) The shear force diagram for a beam is shown in figure 6-b. Construct the
load diagram and bending moment diagram. Take AB = 2m,
BC = CD = DE = 1 m. [6]
Q7) a) Find the greatest length for which a mild steel strut of T shaped c/s with
area 3 × 103 mm2 and the least moment of inertia 4 × 106 mm4 may be
used with both ends hinged, in order to carry a crippling load that will
produce an axial stress of 70 N/mm2. Rankine constants for the mild steel
are α = 1/7500 and fc 320 MN/m2. [7]
b) Explain the term; core of a section. Obtain core section for a hollow
rectangular colunm of external dimensions B × D and internal dimensions
b × d. [7]
OR
[6002]-273 3
Q8) a) A column 1200 mm × 900 mm in cross-section supports a load of 600
kN at an eccentricity of 200 mm and 100 mm as shown in figure 8-a. Find
the stresses at the corner of the column at its base. [7]
[6002]-273 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-2758 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-274
S.E. (Civil Engg.)
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (201003)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume Suitable data if necessary
4) Use of calculator is allowed in the examination.
5) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) A sand sample has a porosity of 30% and specific gravity of solids as
2.7. Calculate, [6]
i) Dry unit weight of sand.
ii) Unit weight of sand if degree of saturation is 0.56.
iii) Degree of saturation at water content of 4%.
iv) Unit weight of submerged sand when n is 0.30.
b) Explain with neat sketch variable head permeability test. Derive the
expression for coefficient of permeability of soil for the variable head
method. [6]
OR
Q2) a) To find out coefficient of permeability of clay the permeability test was
carried out in a variable head permeameter having the diameter of the
sample container to be 100 mm. The initial head of water in the stand pipe
was found to be 450 mm and it was observed to drop 300mm in 3
minutes 15 seconds. If the sample be 150mm high and the diameter of the
stand pipe be 19mm, determine the coefficient of permeability of the clay
in meter per day. [6]
b) Derive the relation between d, G and e. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A cohesive soil has an angle of shearing of 15° and cohesion of 35 KN/
m2. if the specimen of soil is subjected to a triaxial compression test, find
the value of the lateral pressure in the cell for failure to occur at total
stress of 300 KN/m2. [6]
b) What is significant depth and pressure bulb? Explain with neat sketch.[6]
OR
Q4) a) A water tower is supported only on three pillars forming an equilateral
triangle with 10m side. The total weight of tower is 1200 KN. Calculate
vertical stress 10m below the ground level under any one of the pillar.[6]
b) Explain the procedure for unconfined compression test with neat sketches.
[6]
Q5) a) Explain step by step procedure for determination of lateral earth pressure
graphically by Rebhann’s method with neat sketch. [6]
b) Determine the active resultant thrust at a depth of 7m in sand whose angle
of friction is 25° and density of 17 kN/m3 in dry state. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain how surcharge will affect earth pressure for cohesionless and
cohesion soils in active state with pressure diagrams. [6]
b) A soil mass is retained by a smooth backed vertical wall of 6 m height.
The soil has a bulk unit weight of 20 KN/m3 and = 16°. The top of the
soil is level with the top of the wall and is horizontal, if the soil surface
carries a uniformly distributed load of 4.5 KN/m2, determine the total
active thrust on the wall per linear metre of the wall and its point of
application. [7]
Q7) a) State methods of remediation for soil contamination and explain any two
of them. [6]
b) Explain the factor of safety with respect to shear strength. cohesion and
friction. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Explain how soil acts as a geochemical trap and state the various
remediation techniques. [6]
b) Write a short note on causes and remedial measures of landslides. [7]
[6002]-274 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2759 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-275
S.E. (Civil)
SURVEYING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (201006)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat sketches must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Use of cell phone is prohibited in examination hall.
[6002]-275 1 P.T.O.
b) Give the corrected bearing of the following traverse taken from compass
survey. [6]
Line Fore Bearing Back Bearing
AB 191°30’ 13°00’
BC 69°30’ 246°30
CD 32°15’ 210°30’
DE 262°45’ 80°45’
EA 230°15’ 53°00’
[6002]-275 2
Q5) a) Draw a neat sketch of curve and write equation for the following in terms
of radius of curve (R) and deflection angle (). [7]
i) Long Chord
ii) Versed sine
iii) Apex distance
b) Two straight road intersects at a chainage of 2550.50m. The angle of
intersection being 110°. Taking chord length of 30 m, calculate - [7]
i) Radius of curve
ii) Length of curve
iii) Tangenth length
iv) Length of long chord
v) Chainage at starting point (T1) and end point (T2) of Curve
OR
Q6) a) State various obstacles in setting out curves. Explain the procedure of
setting out simple curve when point of intersection is inaccessible. [6]
b) Two straights PI and QI meet at chainage of 3450 m. A right handed
simple circular curve of 250 m radius joins them. The deflection angle
between two straights is 50°. Tabulate the necessary data to layout the
curve by Rankine’s method of deflection angle. Take chord interval as
20 m. [7]
Q7) a) State segments and uses of Space Based Positioning System (SBPS)[6]
b) Explain the procedure of establishing horizontal control for setting of a
tunnel. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Describe the procedure of setting out drainage line. [6]
b) Explain in brief procedure of setting out of a building on ground. [7]
[6002]-275 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2760 [6002]-276
[Total No. of Pages : 3
S.E. (Civil)
FLUID MECHANICS - I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (201004)
Time :2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Answers to the all questions should be written in single answer-book.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
(non programmable) and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) Derive the continuity equation with usual notations for three dimensional
flow. [6]
b) In a two-dimensional incompressible flow, the fluid velocity components
are given by: u = x – 4y and v = –y –4x. Show that velocity potential
exists and determine its form. [6]
OR
[6002]-276 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Derive the Euler’s equation of motion along a stream line and integrate it
to find the Bernoulli’s equation. [6]
b) A 30 cm × 15 cm venturimeter is provided in a vertical pipe line carrying
oil of specific gravity 0.94, the flow being upwards. The difference in
elevation of the throat section and entrance section of the venturimeter is
31 cm. The differential U-tube mercury manometer shows gauge deflection
of 26 cm. Calculate : i) the discharge of oil, and ii) the pressure difference
between the entrance section and the throat section. Take coefficient of
discharge as 0.98 and specific gravity of mercury as 13.6. [6]
b) A laminar flow is taking place in a pipe of diameter 200 mm. The maximum
velocity is 1.6 m/s. Find the mean velocity and the radius at which this
occurs. Also calculate the velocity at 4 cm from the wall of the pipe.[7]
OR
Q6) a) Show that average velocity is one half of the maximum velocity for flow
of viscous fluid through circular pipe. [6]
b) In the boundary layer over the face of a high spillway, the velocity
0.22
u y
distribution was observed to have the following form: .
U
The free stream velocity U at a certain section was observed to be
30 m/s and boundary layer thickness of 60 mm was estimated from the
velocity distribution measured at the section. The discharge passing over
the spillway was 6 m3/s per meter length of spillway. [7]
Calculate:
Q7) a) A pipe line carrying water has average height of irregularities projecting
from the surface of the boundary of the pipe as 0.16 mm. What type of
boundary is it? The shear stress developed is 4.95 N/m2. The kinematic
viscosity of water is 0.01 stokes. [6]
[6002]-276 2
b) Derive the following expression of Darcy’s Weisbach Equation. [7]
4 f .l.v 2
hf
2.g .d
OR
Q8) a) Explain the “Prandtl’s mixing length theory” for turbulent shear stress.[6]
A 45.0 800
B 37.5 500
C 30.0 250
[6002]-276 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2761 [6002]-277
[Total No. of Pages :3
S.E. (Civil)
ARCHITECTURAL PLANNING & DESIGN OF BUILDING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (201005)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, in the answer book.
2) Solve Q.5 or Q.6,Q.7 or Q.8 on drawing sheet only.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data , if required.
[6002]-277 1 P.T.O.
Q5) A line plan for a residential building is shown in the following Fig. [13]
Draw detailed floor plan with 1:50 or suitable.
Use the following data :
a) All external walls are of 230 mm thick.
b) All partition walls are of 150 mm thick.
c) RCC frame structure.
d) Floor to floor height = 3.2 m.
e) Plinth height = 0.48 m.
f) Toilet for M.Bed = 1.2×2.1.
Staircase Rise = 0.16 m & Tread=0.27 m, Width of each flight = 1.2 m
All dimensions are in meters. Show proper north direction.
[6002]-277 2
Q6) Draw to a suitable scale developed plan of a single storey framed residential
building with schedule of openings having the following units [13]
Q7) Draw a line plan of a hostel building with 80 bed capacity using suitable
scale with schedule of openings [12]
2
a) 30 rooms, two seated with 7.5 m / student and 20 single seated
room with 9m2 area.
b) Recreation room - 35 m2
c) Gymnasium - 15 m2
d) Office area 20 m2,
Assume suitable data if required
OR
Q8) It is proposed to construct a Executive Engineer’s office with the following
data :
a) Entrance+ Waiting :16m2
b) Administrative office : 20m2
c) E.E. office (with attached toilet) : 18m2
d) Technical Session : 18m2
e) Record room:15 m2
f) PA to Executive : 12 m2
g) Sanitary block (Ladies and Gents) - suitable
h) Passage : 1.5m wide
Draw to a scale of 1 : 50 or suitable :
i) Line plan showing locations of doors, windows. [10]
ii) Schedule of openings. [2]
[6002]-277 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2762 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-278
S.E. (Civil Engineering)
CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (201007)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.Nos. 1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5 or 6, 7 or 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
5) Use of electronic packet calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
7) Use of IS code 10262, 456 is not allowed.
[6002]-278 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the difference between standard concrete and special concrete.
Which parameters affect the strength of concrete. [6]
b) Find out the cement and fly ash content for M35 grade of concrete using
DOE method for the following data; [7]
i) W/(C + F) ratio 0.40,
ii) Quantity of water required = 195 kg/m3,
iii) Correction in water required due to fly ash additon is considered as
20%, Fly ash conforming to IS 38I2 (Part I), specific gravity of fly
ash = 2.25, consider Fly ash content 30%.
OR
Q6) Design a concrete for grade of M35 using IS code method for following data;
[13]
a) Standard deviation, S = 5,
b) Cement : OPC 53 grade, Specific gravity : 3.15,
Maximum cement content : 450 kg/m3
c) Workability : 50 mm (slump)
d) Exposure conditions : Moderate (For RCC work)
e) Degree of quality control : Good
f) Coarse aggregate :- crushed stone, Angular, maximum size : 20mm,
Specific gragity : 2.7,
Water abosorption : 0.85%, water content : Nil
g) Find aggregate : Natural river sand conforming to grading zone II, Specific
gravity : 2.56,
Water absorption : 3.5%, water content : Nill
Table : 1 :- Minimum cement content, maximum W/C and minimum grade of
concrete for different exposures with normal weight aggregates of
20 mm nominal maximum size:
Sr. Exprosure Minimum cement Maximum Minimum grade of
No. Content (kg/m3) W/C concrete
i) Mild 300 0.55 M20
ii) Moderate 300 0.50 M25
iii) Severe 320 0.45 M30
iv) Very severe 340 0.45 M35
v) Extreme 360 0.40 M40
[6002]-278 2
Table : 2 :- Water Content per m3 of concrete for 50 mm slump:
Sr. Nominal Maximum size of aggregate Maximum water content
No. (mm) (kg/m3)
i) 10 208
ii) 20 186
iii) 40 165
Table 3 : - Volume of Coarse Aggregate per Unit Volume of Total Aggregate
for Different Zones of Fine Aggregate
Q7) a) Explain in brief the durability of concrete. How to check the durability of
concrete? [6]
b) Explain in brief various retrofitting techniques used to strengthening RCC
column and beams. [7]
OR
Q8) a) How to protect the reinforement from corrosion in RCC element like
slab, beam and column? [6]
b) What are the common types of defects present in concrete? How it will
be eliminate / reduce? [7]
[6002]-278 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-2763 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6002]-279
S.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS - I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (201008)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat sketches must drawn wherever necessary’.
3) Figures to right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Use of cell phone is prohibited during examination.
b) Analyse the continuous beam ABC as shown in figure below using three
moment theorem. Also draw BMD assuming EI = Constant. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Determine the vertical displacement of the joint C of the pin jointed frame
as shown in figure below. The cross section area of AB is 500 mm2 and
that of AC and BC is 750 mm2. Assume E = 200 kN/mm2. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Draw Influence Line Diagram for the members U1U2, U2L3 and L2U3
of a truss as shown in figure below. [6]
b) Find the vertical deflection of the joint c of truss as shown in fig. The
area of the inclined tie is 2000 mm2 and area of the horizontal member is
1600 mm2. Take E 200 Gpa. [6]
[6002]-279 2
Q5) a) A three hinged parabolic arch having supports at different levels as shown
in figure 6. Determine horizontal thrust developed. Also find bending
moment, normal thrust and radial shear force developed at section 15 m
from left support. [7]
b) Two hinged parabolic arch of span 30 m and rise 6 m carries two point
loads, each of 60 kN, acting at 7.5 m and 15 m from left end respectively.
Determine the horizontal thrust and bending moments below the point
Loads. [6]
OR
Q6) a) A three hinged parabolic arch of span 30 m and rise 4 m carries a load
whose intensity uniformly varies from 20kN/m at the crown to 40 kN/m
at the end. Find the bending moment, Normal thrust and radial shear at a
section 7.5 m from left support. [7]
b) A two hinged parabolic arch of span ‘L’ and rise ‘h’ carries a concentrated
load ‘W’ at the crown. Determine the expression for horizontal thrust
developed at springings. [6]
OR
[6002]-279 3
Q8) a) Determine the plastic moment at collapse for the continuous beam ABCD
loaded with ultimate load as shown in figure with contant Mp. [7]
[6002]-279 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
OR
Q2) a) What are extrusive and intrusive Igneous bodies? Describe various
CONCORDANT Igneous intrusive bodies with neat diagrams. [6]
Q3) a) What are JOINTS? Describe classification of Joints and their Civil
Engineering Significance. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Discuss in detail with a case history how geological investigations
have helped for proper site of Dam. [6]
b) What are the geological requirements for the foundation of Bridge?[7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain with appropriate example the feasibility of dam alignment
which is crossing a DYKE. [6]
b) A site is proposed for excavation of tunnel is A-B and M-N, which is
passing through axis and limb region of fold respectively. Justify the
suitability of tunnel is such conditions. [7]
Q7) a) What observations and precautions are necessary during Core Drilling
for Preliminary Geological Exploration? [7]
b) Discuss feasibility of DAM in folded areas. Draw neat diagrams. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the Geological conditions favorable for natural springs and
artesian wells. [7]
b) What is LANDSLIDE? What are the causes of it? [6]
[6002]-280 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P2765 [6002]-281
[Total No. of Pages : 3
Q1) a) What do you mean by equality of sets. Prove the following equalities.
[3]
i) A {1, 2,3, 4}, B {x : x is a positive integer < 5 and x2 < 18}
ii) A {3,6}, B {x : x 2 3 x 18 0}
b) How many integers from 1 to 100 are multiple of 2 or 3 [3]
c) Differentiate between Relation and functions. Discuss the following types
of function with proper mathematical notations: [6]
i) Identity function
ii) Injective function
iii) Surjective function
iv) Bijective function
OR
Q2) a) There are two restaurants next to each other.One has a sign that says
“Good Food is not CHEAP” and the other has a sign” CHEAP Food is
not Good”. Are the signs conveying the same thing. Justify your answer
with truth table. [3]
b) Define the following with examples. [3]
i) Uncountable infinite set
ii) Countable infinite set
c) Discuss the following terms: (Any three) [6]
i) Partial ordering
ii) Hasse Diagram
iii) Transitive closure
iv) Chains and Antichains
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Solve the following:
i) Find out how many 5-digit number greater than 30,000 can be formed
from the digits 1,2,3,4,5. [2]
ii) Find the number of permutations which canbe made with the letters
of the word “ENGINEERING”. [2]
iii) If n C x 56 and n px 336 .Find n and x where c is for combination
and P is for permutations. [4]
b) Explain the concept of Graph coloring. Identify the chromatic number
for the following: [4]
Type of Graph Chromatic Number
Complete Graph, kn
Star Graph sn, n >1
Cycle Graph cn, n>1
Wheel Graph wn, n>2
OR
Q4) a) Write an algorithm for generating Permutation of {1,2,....n} Apply it for
n = 3 case [4]
b) Explain the following terms: [8]
i) Graph Isomorphism
ii) Case study on Google Map
iii) Euler and Hamilton Graph
Q5) a) Define Tree, Spanning Tree and Minimum Spanning tree with some
example. [6]
b) Find maximum flow in the transport network using Labelling procedure.
Determine the corresponding min cut [7]
OR
[6002]-281 2
Q6) a) Illustrate the steps used in kruskal’s Algorithm to construct the minimum
spanning tree for the following graph. Obtain the total cost of minimum
spanning tree. [7]
Q7) a) Define Algebraic system and n-ary operations. Discuss the Properties of
n-ary operations where n=2 [6]
i) Closure
ii) Commutative
iii) Associative
iv) Identify
b) Define semi groups. Determine whether the following is a semi group or
not [7]
i) (A,*) where A {2,4,6,8,......}
ii) ({0,1},) where is a multiplication operators
OR
Q8) What are Groups and Rings. Explain the following terms with examples:
(Any three) [13]
i) Abelian Group
ii) Integral domain
iii) Field
iv) Group Codes
[6002]-281 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2766 [6002]-282
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q1) a) Minimize the following logic function using K-map and implement it using
logic gates [4]
F (A,B,C,D) = m (0,1,2,3,4,7,8,9,10,11,12,14)
b) Write the rules for BCD addition and give example. [2]
c) Draw and explain the look - ahead carry generator [6]
OR
Q2) a) Implement the following combinational logic circuits using multiplexer[6]
i) Half-adder
ii) Half-Subtractor
b) Compare Moore and Mealy model [2]
c) What is race-around condition? How does it get eliminated in a Master-
Slave J-K flip flop? Explain [4]
Q3) a) Draw the ASM chart for the following state machine. A 2-bit up counter
is to be designed with output AB and enable ‘X’. if ‘X’ = 0, then counter
changes the state as 00-01-10-11-00.If ‘X’=1,
then counter should remain in current state. Design the circuit using J-K
FF and suitable Mux. [6]
b) Draw the Block diagram of PLD & explain [6]
OR
[6002]-282 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is VHDL? Explain the three modeling styles in VHDL [4]
b) List the Various VHDL operators. [2]
c) Implement the following output functions using a suitable PLA. [6]
F1 (A,B,C,D) = m (3,7,8,9,11,15)
F2 (A,B,C,D) = m (1,5,7,11,15)
Q5) a) Compare TTL and CMOS logic family and also draw CMOS-NOR gate
[7]
b) Draw three input standard TTL NAND gate with totem-pole output and
explain its operation [6]
OR
Q6) a) Define the following parameters of digital IC families and give their typical
values for TTL [6]
i) Propagation delay
ii) Fan-out
iii) Figure of merit
b) What is logic family? Give the classification of logic family in detail.[7]
Q7) a) Compare microprocessor and microcontroller [7]
b) Explain any three addressing modes of 8051 with example [6]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain Timer control register (TCON) [7]
b) Explain the following instructions with respective to 8051 and also give
example of each [6]
i) RETI
ii) SET B
iii) SWAPA
[6002]-282 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Write pseudo C/C++ code to insert element in singly linked list. [6]
b) Explain the stepwise conversion using stack for the given infix expression
to the postfix expression : [6]
(A+B) * D+E/(F+A*D)+C
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) What are the advantages and disadvantages of doubly linked list over
single linked list? Explain node structure of doubly linked list. [6]
b) Write pseudo C/C++ code to implement stack using linked list. [6]
Q5) a) Define the following terms with examples [6]
i) Input restricted deque
ii) Output restricted deque
b) Write pseudo c/c++ code to implement following operations on circular
queue [7]
i) Create
ii) delete
iii) display
OR
Q6) a) Explain Linear queue and Circular queue with suitable example. Give
advantages of Circular queue over Linear queue. [7]
b) Write pseudo C/C++ code to implement double ended queue using arrays.
[6]
[6002]-283 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2768 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-284
S.E. (Computer)
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Theory) (210244)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) What is machine instruction? Explain any three types of opreations. [6]
b) What is the use of DMA? Explain cycle stealing in DMA. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Compare memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O. [6]
b) Explain following addressing modes with one example each [6]
i) Displacement Addressing
ii) Register Indirect
[6002]-284 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw and explain architecture of 8086. [7]
b) Explain instruction pipelining in detail. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Compare superscalar and super pipelined approaches. [6]
b) List the features of 8086 microprocessor. [7]
Q7) a) Write a control sequence for the following instruction for single bus
organization : ADD (R3), R1. [6]
b) Explain in detail state table design method for hardwired control design.
[7]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain detail block diagram of hardwired control unit. [7]
b) List the application of microprogramming. [6]
[6002]-284 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) What is the Friend function? Write syntax to declare in C++. Discuss
different features of friend function in C++. [7]
b) What does template mean in C++? Write a program to handle
multiplication of two numbers using template. [6]
OR
Q4) a) What is an exception? How is exception handled in C++ explain with
example. [7]
b) Explain type casting, implicit type casting and explicit type casting.
[6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe file handling in C++? Explain different file handling functions
in C++ with suitable syntax. [6]
b) Explain error handling in file I/O with suitable program. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is a Stream? Explain types of streams available in C++. [6]
b) Explain overloading the Extraction and Insertion operators in C++
with example. [6]
Q7) a) What is container? List the container classes in C++. Explain any one
of them with suitable code. [7]
b) Write a program in C++ using the open(), eof( ) & getline( ) functions
to open & read file contents line by line. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Use minimum 8 functions of vector STL. Write a program to explain
the same. [7]
b) What is STL? List different types of STL containers. [6]
[6002]-285 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P2769 [6002]-286
[Total No. of Pages : 3
d2y
i) y tanx (use method of variation of parameters)
dx 2
ii) ( D2 3D+2) y e4 x 5 x
d2y dy
iii) x2
2
3 x 5 y x 2 sin (logx)
dx dx
1 0 1
0 F(x ) sin xdx
0 2
OR
Q2) a) An electrical circuit consists of an inductance 0.1 henry, a registance R of
20 ohms & a condenser of capacitance C of 25 microfards. If the diff
d 2q dq q
eq of electric circuit L 2 R
n 0 . Then find the charge q and
dt dt c
current i at any time t, given that when t = 0, q = 0.05 columbs and
dq
i 0. [4]
dt
P.T.O.
b) Solve any one [4]
1
1
i) Find Z
(z ½) (z 13 )
ii) Find Z transform of f ( k ) 2 k sin (3k 2), k 0
c) Using Z transform solve the difference eqn [4]
12 f (k 2) 7F(k 1) f ( x) 0 where f (0) 0, f (1) 3, k 0
Q3) a) The first four moments of a distribution about the value 4 are –2, 0 ,1 and
3 obtain the first four central moments and [4]
b) Fit a straight line of the form y ax b to the following data by the least
squares method. [4]
x –2 –1 1 3 4 6
y 3 4 –1 2 –2 0
c) A die is throun 8 times and it is required to find the probability that 3 will
show [4]
i) Exacty 2 times
ii) At least seren times
iii) at least once
OR
Q4) a) The life of army shoes in normally distributed with mean 8 months and
standard deviation 2 months. If 5000 pairs are issued how many pairs
would be expected to need replacement after 12 months?
[Given : P (z [4]
b) Suppose that a book of 600 pages contains 40 printing mistakes. Assume
that these errors are randomly distributed throughout the book and x, the
number of errors per page has a poisson distribution. What is the
probability that 10 pages selected at random will be free of errors? [4]
c) The reqression equations calculated from a given set of observations for
two random variables are [4]
x 0.4 y 6.4
y 0.6 x 4.6
calculate x , y and .
[6002]-286 2
Q5) a) Find the directional derivative of x y 2 y z 3 at (1,–1,1) in the
direction of vector i 2 j 2k . [4]
Show that curlcurlculcurl E E, if E is solenoidal vector field.
4
b) [4]
c) Evaluate the line integral of vector point function F ( x 2 y 2 ) i 2 xy j
along the curve y 2 x from point (0,0) to (1,1) in xy plane. [5]
OR
Q6) a) If directional derivative of ax 2 y by 2 z cz 2 x at (1,1,1) has maximum
x 1 y 3 z
magnitude 15 in the direction parallel to line find a,b,c.
2 2 1
[4]
b) Show that (any one) [4]
i) (a r ) a
ii) ×(a ×r ) 2a
iz
c) Show that under transformation w , x axis in z plane maps on to
iz
circle w 1 . [4]
OR
Q8) a) Show that analytic Function with constant modulus is constant. [4]
2z2 2z 1
b) Evaluate dz where C is z 1 2 . [5]
C ( z 1) 2
( z 3)
c) Find bilinear transformation which maps i,0,2 i of z plane onto
0, 2i,4 of w-plane. [4]
[6002]-286 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain winding number method. Investigate whether the method supports
intersection polygons? [6]
b) Explain Bresenham’s line generation algorithm by deriving the steps. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain midpoint circle generation algorithm by deriving the steps. [6]
b) Explain Boundary fill algorithm for polygon. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain Area subdivision (Warnock) algorithm with the help of the diagram
and its applications. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain how Binary space partition algorithm is used to remove hidden
surfaces. [7]
OR
[6002]-288 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-2771 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-289
S.E. (Computer)
ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (210252)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6 and Q.No.7 or
Q.No.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q5) a) What is B+ tree? Explain the delete operation in B+ tree with example.[8]
b) What is Red-Black Tree? How it differs from AVL and AA trees. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Construct B tree of order 5 for the following data. [7]
1 12 8 2 25 5 14 28 17 7 52 16 48 68 3 26 29 53 55 45
b) What is Splay Tree? Explain all rotations in Splay Tree with example.[7]
[6002]-289 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2772 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-290
S.E. (Computer Engineering)
MICROPROCESSOR
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (210253)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) Difference between memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O. [6]
b) List the register and data structure that are uses in Multitasking. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the difference exception conditions - Faults, Traps and Aborts?[6]
b) What is IDT and how to locate IDT? [6]
[6002]-290 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain various debugging feature of 80386. [6]
b) Write short on “Task Switch Break Point”. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Which bit of EFLAGs indicates V86 mode? Explain how hardware and
software co-operator with each other to emulate V86 mode? [6]
b) Explain, how test registers are used in testing TLB? [6]
[6002]-290 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q5) a) Describe Inheritance. List and explain the different types of inheritance.
Demonstrate how Java supports Multiple Inheritance. [6]
b) What is a Constructor? What are its different types? Demonstrate with
suitable example the different types of constructors used. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the following with Java Programming with example declaring
objects, assigning object reference variables, constructors, this keyword,
garbage collection, finalize() method. [6]
b) What are Packages and Interface in Java. Write the syntax for creating
a package and interface in Java. [6]
[6002]-291 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P2774 [6002]-292
[Total No. of Pages : 3
ii) D 2
4 y sec 2x by variation of parameters method.
iii) x
d2y
2
dx 2
dy
3 x 3 y cos
dx
3 log x .
1
ii) Find L1 2
s ( s 4)
c) Evaluate the following integral using Laplace transform: [4]
(e at ebt )
e
2 t
dt
0 t
P.T.O.
1 , 0 1
Q3) a) Solve the integral equation
0
f ( x )sin( x)dx
0, 1 [4]
10z
F(z)
(z1) (z 2) by using inversion integral method.
1 3
i) Show that r 3 4
r r
a r a 3( a r )
ii) Show that 3 3 5
r
r r r
x2 y2
F (2 x cos y) i x (4 sin y)j, C is the ellipse 2 2 1, z 0
a b
x i y j z 3 j . d s where s is
3 3
b) Use divergence theorem to evaluate
S
origin. [6]
c) Apply stoke’s theorem to evaluate yi zj xk d r
C
where C is the
c) Find the bilinear transformation that maps the point z 0,1,2 into the
points W =1, ½, 13 [5]
OR
If F(z) u+iv is analytic and V e siny Find harmonic conjugate of V.
x
Q8) a)
[4]
sin 2 z
b) Evaluate: dz where C is z 3 [4]
2
C (z ) 2
6
z 1
c) Find image of y x under the transformation W . [5]
z 1
[6002]-292 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain coal handling system in thermal power plant with neat flow
chart. [6]
b) Explain carnot cycle with PV and TS Diagram. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain working of Air-preheater and economiser in thermal power
plant and show its location in layout. [6]
b) With the help of diagram explain the diesel power plant. [6]
Q3) a) Explain flow duration curve and hydrograph with example. [6]
b) Derive power in a wind and Environmental Impacts of Wind Turbines.
[7]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the following terms with sketches : [6]
i) surge tank
ii) water hammer
iii) Spiliways
b) Explain working of Horizontal axis type wind turbine with diagram.[7]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the process of municipal solid waste to energy conversion
with diagram. [7]
b) Explain the working of PV Cell and Simplest Equivalent Circuit for a
Photovoltaic Cell. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Describe the fuel cells. How are they used for energy storage
requirements. [6]
b) With the help of diagram explain the main concept of solar thermal
power plant. [7]
[6002]-293 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2776 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-294
S.E. (Electrical)
MATERIAL SCIENCE
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (203142)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Physical Constants:
[6002]-294 1 P.T.O.
Q1) a) What is the difference between dielectric material and insulating material?
Hence write the properties and application and ceramics. [6]
b) What is different mechanism of polarization? Explain any two with diagram.
[6]
OR
Q2) a) A parallel plate capacitor has a capacitance of 2F. The dielectric has a
permittivity r = 100. For an applied voltage of 1000 volts, find the energy
stored in the capacitor as well as the energy stored in polarizing the
dielectric. [6]
b) Explain the phenomenon of spontaneous polarization in ferroelectric
materials. [6]
[6002]-294 2
OR
Q6) a) What do you mean by molecular machine? [6]
b) Explain with neat diagram, chemical reaction and application of Nickel
Cadmium. [7]
[6002]-294 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-2777 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-295
S.E. (Electrical)
ANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (203143)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q.No.1 or 2, Q.No.3 or 4, Q.No.5 or 6, Attempt Q.No.7 or 8.
2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
Q1) a) Explain the operation of SR flip flop with truth table. [6]
b) Perform : [6]
i) (0110)2 – (1000)2 using 1’s complement.
ii) (–12)10 – (–7)10 using 2’s complement.
OR
Q2) a) i) Write a short note on Gray code and Excess-3 code. [6]
ii) Use K -map to minimize the following standard SOP expression :
ABC+ABC+ABC+ABC+ABC
b) Design Mod-5 synchronous up counter using JK flip flop. [6]
Q3) a) Draw and explain frequency response characteristics of ideal and practical
low pass filter. [7]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the application of OPAMP as square wave generator. [7]
Q5) a) Explain Darlington connection and explain how it improves the current
gain. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain AC-DC load line analysis using CE configuration of BJT. [6]
Q7) a) Explain the construction and woking of three phase full wave bridge
rectifier connected to R-load with neat diagram. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the working of full wave precision rectifier with neat diagrams.[7]
[6002]-295 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Which three forces are required for satisfactory operation of an analog
indicating instrument? State the function of each force. [7]
b) Draw circuit diagram of Kelvin’s double bridge. Derive expression for
unknown resistance with usual notations. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Give detail classification of measuring instruments. Elaborate each type
in brief. [6]
b) With a circuit diagram derive the equation for an unknown self
inductance measurement using Anderson’s bridge. [7]
Q3) a) Draw a block diagram of electronic energy meter and explain how it
operates. [6]
b) Explain two wattmeter method for measuring power in a (R+L) load,
draw the phasor diagram. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Draw diagram of single phase induction type energy meter and label
all the parts. [6]
b) Explain construction of dynamo meter type wattmeter with neat
diagram. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain measurement of voltage, time period and frequency using CRO.
[6]
b) With neat diagram, explain Mcleod gauge for low pressure
measurement. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Draw a neat diagram of DSO. State the functions of each part. [6]
b) What do you mean by transducer? Give detail classification of
transducers. [6]
Q7) a) What are the types of strain gauge? Explain wire strain gauge. [6]
b) Explain construction and working of RVDT with neat diagram. Also
list its applications. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Explain electrical method for level measurement with a suitable diagram.
[6]
b) Explain construction and working of LVDT with neat diagram. State
the effect of frequency on performance of LVDT. [7]
[6002]-296 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P-2779 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-297
S.E. (Electrical)
POWER SYSTEMS-I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (203145)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary
Q1) a) Define term base load and peak load plants . Explain the advantages of
interconnected grid systems [6]
b) Explain various methods of improving string efficiency. [6]
OR
Q2) a) With neat diagram , explain the construction and advantages of following
types of insulators. [6]
i) Pin type Insulator ii) String Insulators
b) A generating station has a connected load of 43MW and maximum
demand of 20MW. The units generated being 61.5*10-6 per annum.
Calculate [6]
i) Demand factor ii) Average load
iii) Load factor.
Q3) a) Derive the expression for loop inductance of single phase overhead lines.
[8]
b) If the maximum permissible tension in the line of span 200 meter is 1450 kg.
The weight of line is 0.684 kg/m. Calculate sag? [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Derive an expression for flux linkages [8]
i) Due to single current carrying conductor
ii) In parallel current carrying conductors
b) A 33 kV, single core cable has conductor diameter of 1 cm and a sheath
inside diameter 4 cm. Find the maximum and minimum stress in the
insulation. [5]
Q5) a) Derive an expression for capacitance of three phase line when conductors
are unsymmetrically spaced but transposed. [6]
b) A 16 km long transmission line consists of a pair of conductors 1.5 cm in
diameter spaced 2 m apart. Calculate capacitance per km neglecting effect
of earth. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain necessity of transposition of line conductors in three phase lines.[6]
b) Determine capacitance per phase per km of three phase transmission line
when conductors are arranged in horizontal plane and 4 meter apart.
Diameter of each conductor is 2 cm. assume complete transposition.[6]
Q7) a) Define generalized circuit constants of transmission line hence prove that
for any transmission line value of AD – BC = 1 [6]
b) The ABCD constants of three phase transmission line are A = D = 0.936+j
0.016, B = 33.5 +j138 and C = (–0.9280+j90l.223)*10–6 mho. The
load at the receiving end is 40 MW at 200 kV with power factor of 0.86
lagging. Find sending end voltage, sending end current and sending end
power factor. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Obtain the relationship for the sending end voltage and current in terms
of receiving end voltage and current for medium transmission line with
nominal ‘’ method. [7]
b) Calculate ABCD constants for three phase 50 Hz transmission line with
following line parameters. [6]
Use Nomial 'T' method
R = 24 L=0.192 C = 1.28*10–6F G=0
[6002]-297 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P2780 [6002]-298
[Total No. of Pages : 2
S.E. (Electrical)
ELECTRICAL MACHINES-I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (203146)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5o or Q.6 Q.7 ro Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q3) a) Draw a neat sketch of 4 point starter of DC motor mark all parts in it
Describe the working of it. [7]
b) Explain armature reaction in DC machine with suitable diagrams. [6]
OR
Q4) a) A 300 volt DC Shunt motor has armature resistance of 0.05 ohm and
field resistance of 150 ohm. It runs at 750 rpm. Find the additional resis-
tance required in the field circuit to increase the speed to 1150 rpm.
Current taken by motor in both cases is 175 Amp. [7]
P.T.O.
b) Draw powerflow diagram of DC motor write the respective expressions
of Power and losses involved. [6]
[6002]-298 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Reduce the network of figure 1, to a form with only one current source
across terminals AB. [7]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Find Current I using Thevenins Theorem. [7]
Q3) a) In the circuit, the switch S1 is closed at time t = 0 and switch S2 is closed
at time t = 0.1 sec find the transient current by using classical theory &
also draw this current for two intervals. [7]
OR
[6002]-299 2
Q4) a) After being on position 1 for long time, the switch is thrown on position 2
at time t = 0, find current using Laplace Transform technique. [7]
OR
[6002]-299 3
Q6) a) Draw the time domain wave form for various types of transfer function &
comment on stability of system. [6]
Q7) a) Derive the expression for attenuation constant and Phase shift of proto
type constant K high pass filter. [6]
OR
[6002]-299 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2782 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-300
S.E. (Electrical)
NUMERICAL METHODS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (203148)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
[6002]-300 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Derive Trapezoidal rule for numerical integration as a special case of
Newton’s Cote formula. [6]
dy
b) Solve x 2 y for y = 0.2 with y(0) = 0.8 and h = 0.2 using 4th
dx
order RK method. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Taylor’s series method for the solution of ordinary differential
equation. [6]
2 2 1
b) Solve
1 1
( x 2 y 2 ) dxdy using Trapezoidal rule. Take h k
2
. [7]
8 4 0
A 4 8 4
0 4 8
OR
Q8) a) Explain Gauss Seidel method for solution of simultaneous equation. [6]
b) Find the largest Eigen value of matrix
3 5 1
A using power method with initial value of 1 . [6]
2 4
[6002]-300 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) What are the functions of the following pins of 8051? [6]
i) ALE
ii) PSEN
iii) EA
b) Explain the addressing modes of 8051 Microcontroller with examples.[6]
OR
Q2) a) With a neat diagram show interfacing of 8 KB of Data ROM memory to
8051. [6]
b) Explain the stack organization and enlist instructions related to stack.
Where is the stack pointer initialized at power ON? [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with diagram, 8255 Mode 1 Input mode and the handshake signals
used. [6]
b) Interface DAC 0808 with 8051 Microcontroller. Write a program to
generate triangular waveform. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain with diagram, 8255 Mode 1 output mode and the handshake
signals used. [6]
b) Explain the use of BSR mode of 8255. Write a program to set PC4 and
PC0 and reset it after some time. [6]
Q7) a) With the help of block diagram, show how power can be measured using
8051. [6]
b) Draw an interfacing diagram and write program for control of a relay by
using 8051. [7]
OR
Q8) a) With diagram, explain the 4 × 4 matrix keyboard interfacing to 8051
microcontroller. [6]
b) Draw an interfacing diagram and write program for speed control of a
stepper motor using 8051. [7]
[6002]-301 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2784 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-302
S. E. (Electronics/E&TC)
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (204181)
Q1) a) Define signal. Sketch and write mathematical expression for continuous
time impulse signal and signum signal. [6]
b) Find convolution of xt = u(t) and h(t) = 24(t) using graphical method.
[6]
OR
Q2) a) Determine whether the system defined by y[n] = x [n] + nx [n + 1] is
static or dynamic, linear or non-linear, causal or non causal, stable or
unstable and time invariant or time variant. [6]
b) Find convolution of x[n] = {1, 1, 1, –1, –1} and h[n] = {1, 2, 3, 2, 1}.
[6]
Q3) a) What is fourier series. What are types of representing fourier series,
write their expressions. [6]
b) Find fourier transform of the signal x (t ) 2rect (t/ 4) . Also sketch
magnitude and phase response. [6]
OR
Q4) a) What are dirichlet conditions for existence of fourier series. Also write
simplifications in fourier coefficents an and bn for even and odd symmetric
waveforms. [6]
b) State and write any six properties of Fourier Transform. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Find initial and find value of signal x(t) whose Laplace transform is
(2 s 3)
X( s ) . [6]
s 5s 2 6 s
3
10
b) Find the inverse Lalpace transform of X( s ) . [7]
s 4s 3
2
Q7) a) Define PDF and CDF. Also state their properties. [6]
b) A certain random variable has the CDF given by.
Fx(x) = 0 for x < 0
= kx2 for 0 < x < 10
= 100 for x > 10
Then find K, P(x < 5) and P(5 < x < 7). Also plot the corresponding
PDF.
OR
Q8) a) Given the PDF for different x values as [6]
x = 1, PDF = 0.2, x = 2 PDF = 0.1, x = 3 PDF = 0.3.
x =4, PDF = 0.3, x = 5 PDF = 0.1.
Draw PDF and corresponding CDF.
b) What are statistical properties of Random variables, state and explain.
[7]
[6002]-302 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-2785 [Total No. Of Pages : 2
[6002]-303
S.E.(Eelectronics/E&TC)
ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS
(204182) (2015 Pattern) (Semester-I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
Q1) a) Draw and explain construction of n-channel FET with its V-I
Characteristics. [6]
b) Explain following non ideal V-I Characteristics of MOSFET draw
respective diagrams. [6]
i) Body Effect ii) Finite Output Resistance
OR
Q2) a) Draw drain characteristics of for n channel JFET. If pinch off voltage is
- 4V and IDSS = 9mA, calculate drain current if VGS = -2V [6]
b) Draw and explain constant current source biasing for MOSFET [6]
Q3) a) Determine gm, Av, Ri, Ro for given E-NMOSFET if gm = 1.6mA/V,
ro= 40k [6]
P. T. O
b) Draw and explain how CMOS inverter works as amplifier with active
load configuration. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain how MOSFET works as a [6]
i) Diode ii) Switch
b) Write the short note on MOSFET scaling. What are small geometry
effects? [6]
Q5) a) Draw the circuit dagram for Colpitts oscillator and calculate its output
frequency if C1 = C2 = 500 pF & L = 1mH. [8]
b) Compare voltage series and current series FET feedback amplifiers with
respect to D, transfer gain, input impedance, output impedance and B.W.
[5]
OR
Q6) a) Draw and explain Wein Bridge oscillator. What are its advantages and
disadvantages over phase shift oscillator? [8]
b) What are the effects of negative feedback on terminal characteristics of 4
types amplifier? [5]
Q7) a) Draw and explain Block diagram of an adjustable three terminal positive
voltage regulator. [6]
b) For adjustable voltage regulator LM317 calculate output voltage with
R1 = 240 , R2 = 2K and I adj = 100u A.Draw the block diagram.
[7]
OR
Q8) a) What is Low drop out voltage regulator? Explain in detail with its block
diagram. [6]
b) Draw and explain block diagram of SMPS. Mention its type and output
voltage equation respectively. [7]
[6002]-303 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-2786 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-304
S.E. (Electronic/E&TC)
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND MACHINES
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (204183)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7or Q.No.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
b) How O.C & S.C test are conducted on a transformer? Explain the
procedure with diagram. [7]
OR
Q2) a) State the applications of auto transformer on which factor, the regulation
of a transformer is dependent. [7]
Q3) a) Differentiate between lap and wave type of armature windings used in the
D.C. machines. [6]
OR
OR
Q6) a) Distinguish between Brushless D.C. motor and Conventional D.C. motor.
[6]
OR
[6002]-304 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2787 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-305
S.E. (Electronics/ E & TC)
DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (204184)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
c) What is the significance of ADT? Who uses ADT? Write ADT for stack.[5]
OR
Q4) a) Write C function to create a doubly circular linked list. [8]
b) Draw single circular linked list with 5 nodes. Show proper pointers at
respective positions. Explain each pointer need in detail. [5]
[6002]-305 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a)
Write down inorder, preorder & post order sequences of traversing with
proper explanation. [6]
b) Represent above tree with link list & array. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Write down structures of general tree, binary search tree, & threaded
binary tree. Explain each. [6]
b) What is Binary Search Tree? Draw BST for [6]
35, 23, 1, 5, 26, 78, 222
Q7) a) Find the minimum spanning tree cost and path using Kruskal’s algorithm.
[6]
[6002]-305 2
b) Explain following Graph Terminologies in Data Structure? [7]
i) Vertex
ii) Edge (Arc)
iii) Degree
iv) Indegree
v) Outdegree
vi) Adjacency
vii) Weighted Edge
OR
Q8) a)
Using Dijkstra’s algorithm find the shortest paths from node 1 to all nodes.
[7]
[6002]-305 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2788 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-306
S.E. (Electronics / E & TC)
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (204185)
Q1) a) Draw and Explain 4:1 MUX-block diagram, truth table, working and
logic diagram using basic gates. [6]
b) Explain JK Flip flop with neat Block diagram, truth table. [4]
c) Compare Encoder and Decoder. [2]
OR
Q3) a) Design the sequential circuit for the given state diagram using D flip flop.
[6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the following characteristics of digital IC’s: [6]
i) Figure of merit
ii) Noise immunity
iii) Input and Output Voltages
b) Write short note on state diagram and state table with suitable example.
[6]
OR
[6002]-306 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P2789 [6002]-307
[Total No. of Pages : 4
S.E.(Electronics/E&TC)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (207005)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.No.1 or Q.No. 2, Q.No. 3 or Q.No. 4, Q.No 5 or Q.No. 6, Q.No. 7 or
Q.No 8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to right indicate full marks.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) Find Lagrange’s inter polating polynomial passing through set of points.
[4]
x 0 1 2
y 1 0 1
Use it to find y at x = 4
b) Use Runge - Kutta method of fourth order to obtain the numerical solu-
dy
tions of xy y 2 , y (0) 1 to find y at x = 0.1 with h = 0.1 [4]
dx
c) Find the values of a,b,c if the vector field F ( x 2 y az ) i
(bx 3 y z ) j (4 x cy 2 z )k is irrotational. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Show that (any one): [4]
1 n(n 2)
i) . r n
r r n 1
a .r a 4(a .r )r
ii) 4 4
r r r6
1
width 0.25 by using Simpson’s rd rule [4]
3
[6002]-307 2
Q5) a) Find the work done in moving the particle once round the circle
x2 y2 16,z 0 under the force field [4]
F (2 xy 3 z 2 ) i ( x 2 4 yz ) j (2 y 2 6 zx)k .
r
b) Using Gauss - Divergence theorem, show that r
S
3
nˆ ds 0 [4]
c) Using Stoke’s theorem, evaluate xF d S for
s
F yi zj x k
OR
angle 0 x , 0 y 1, z 3. [4]
Q7) a) Show that analytic function f(z) with constant amplitude is constant. [4]
ez
b) Evaluate, f ( z )dz , where f ( z ) & C is z 2 2 [5]
C
(z 2) 2
OR
[6002]-307 3
y
Q8) a) If V find u, such that the function f ( z ) u iv is an analytic
x y2
2
function. [4]
2z 1
b) Evaluate, ( z 1) ( z 3) dz, where C is the contour
C
2 z 1 2 [5]
c) Show that the map of the straight line y = x under the transformation
z 1
w is a circle in w-plane [4]
z 1
[6002]-307 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Draw V to I converter with grounded load and explain with its output
equation. [6]
b) Explain with neat circuit diagram working of inverting precision full
wave rectifier with its waveform. [6]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Draw circuit diagram of inverting Schmitt trigger and plot hysteresis
and explain in short. [6]
b) Draw and explain successive approximation A/D converter. [6]
Q5) a) Explain the operation of Wien bridge oscillator with neat circuit
diagram. [7]
b) Design a first order low pass filter with higher cut-off frequency of
1KHz with pass gain is 2. Draw the designed circuit diagram. Assume
C=0.lf and Rf = 10 k. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Define the term free running frequency, lock range & capture range in
PLL. [6]
b) Draw circuit diagram of first order high Pass Butterworth filter and
derive gain (Vo/Vin) of filter as a function of frequency. [7]
[6002]-308 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) For the given block diagram find the transfer function Y(s) / R(s) [6]
C s 25
b) Second order system is given by 2 ; calculate rise time,
R s s 6s 25
peak time, peak overshoot, settling time if subjected to unit step input.[6]
OR
Q2) a) For the signal flow graph find the transfer function using Mason’s gain
formula [6]
P.T.O.
b) The open loop transfer function of unity feedback system is given by
50
G s
1 0 5s s 10 Calculate static error coefficients Kp1 KV and
Ka. [6]
0 1
Q5) a) Determine the state transition matrix of : A and obtain solution
4 5
1
of x(t)of state equation x A x if initial state is x 0 . [8]
0
[6002]-309 2
2 s 2 3s 1
Q6) a) For a system with transfer function: G s 3 . Determine
s 5s 2 7 s 4
the state model in controllable canonical and observable canonical form.[8]
b) Derive the expression for state transition matrix by Laplace transform
method. [5]
Q7) a) Obtain the ladder diagram for Ex-OR gate, NOR, and NAND gate. [7]
b) What is Pulse transfer function? Explain pulse transfer function from
block diagram. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Obtain the tuning or transfer function of PID controller for a plant having
open loop transfer function as, using Ziegler-Nichol’s method.
Gp(S) = 10 / (S+1) (S+3) (S+4). [8]
b) Draw and explain block diagram of PLC. [5]
[6002]-309 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2792 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-310
S.E. (Electronics/ Electronics and Telecommunication)
ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (204189)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) With necessary circuit diagram and waveforms, explain how DSBSC
wave is generated using Ring Modulator. [6]
b) Explain the Performance Characteristics of Sensitivity, Selectivity and
image frequency. [6]
OR
Q4) a) An FM wave with modulation index = 1 is transmitted through an ideal
band pass filter with mid band frequency fc and bandwidth is 5fm, where
fc is the carrier frequency and fm is the frequency of the sinusoidal
modulating wave. Determine the amplitude spectrum of the filter output.
[6]
b) Draw the block diagram of FM receiver and explain each block, briefly.
[6]
[6002]-310 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the noise performance of SSBSC receiver and prove its S/N
ratio is unity. [6]
b) What is thermal noise? Derive the expression for the thermal noise voltage
across a resistor. [7]
OR
Q6) a) What is meant by Noise? State the different types of Noise. [7]
b) Compare PAM, PWM and PPM pulse modulation techniques. [6]
[6002]-310 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2793 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-311
S.E. (Electronics / E & TC)
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (204190)
Q1) a) What are the different benefits of object oriented programming? Enlist
applications of OOP. [6]
b) What is the use of constructor. State four types of constructor. Write a
program in C++ for any one type. [6]
OR
OR
Q4) a) Write a short note on Java tokens. What are different data types in Java?[5]
b) What is the use of this keyword in Java? Explain with suitable example.[6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Differentiate between Method overloading and Method Overriding. [6]
b) Explain how to use a particular package in a Java program. Give example.
[7]
OR
OR
Q8) a) Explain reading character and string from input console with suitable
examples. [8]
b) What is applet? What is difference between applet and application? [6]
[6002]-311 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2794 [6002]-314
[Total No. of Pages : 2
b) What are the hazards in pipeline architecture ? Explain its types. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What are the basic performance issues in pipelining. [6]
[6002]-314 1 P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain Closely Coupled and Loosly Coupled microprocessor systems.
[7]
[6002]-314 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P-3149 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6002]-331
S.E. (Mechanical/Automobile/Mechnical SW)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (207002)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or 2, Q.3 or 4, Q.5 or 6, Q.7 or 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
d2y dy
2 x 1 2 2 2 x 1 12 y 6 x
2
iii)
dx dx
sin a
b) Find inverse fourier cosine transformation of Fc . [4]
OR
Q2) a) A body of weight 9.8N is suspended from a spring having constant
4N/m. Prove that motion is one of the resource; if a force 16 sin2t is
applied and damping force is negligible. Assume that initially the weight is
at rest in the equilibrim position. [4]
b) Solve any one [4]
1 e x
t
sb
ii) Find inverse laplace transform of log
sa
P.T.O.
c) Using Laplace transform solve the D.E. [4]
y"–2y'+y=e–2t, y(0)=0, y'(0)=0
Q3) a) The first four moments about value 30.2 are 0.255, 6.222, 30.211 and
400.25 calculate the first four central moments. [4]
b) 20% of bolts producted by machine are defective find the mean and
standard deviation of defective bolts in total of 90. [4]
c) Find the directional derivatives of = e2x–y–z at (1,1,1) in the direction
tangent to the curve x = e–t, y=2sint+1, z = t-cost at t=0. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Obtain the line of Regression of y on x for the following data. [4]
x 2 4 5 6 8 11
y 18 12 10 08 07 05
b) Prove the following (any one) [4]
4 r 2 log r
6
i)
r2
1 n n 2
ii) . r n
r r n1
[6002]-331 2
c) Use stoke's theorem to evaluate ydx zdy xdz , where C is the curve
c
Q6) a) Find the workdone in moving a particle once round the ellipse
x2 y 2
1, z 0 under the field of force given by
25 16
F= 2 x y z i x y z 2 j 3 x 2 y 4 z x [5]
curve x 2 y 2 4, z 2 . [4]
. d s dv .
2 2
c) Prove that [4]
s V
2u 2 u
2
i) u 0, t 0, t , ii) u l , t 0, t
u x
iii) 0 fc2 t 0 iv) u x,0 a sin
t L
b) Solve the heat equation. [6]
u 2 4
2
C , if
t x 2
i) u 0, t 0 ii) ux l, t 0
u0 x
iii) u x, t is bounded iv) u x,0
l
OR
[6002]-331 3
2u 2u
Q8) a) Solve 2 2 0 , subject to conditions. [6]
x y
i) u 0, y 0 ii) u , y 0
u
iii) u 0 and 0 as x
x
[6002]-331 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain heat engine, heat pump and refrigerator with neat sketch. [6]
b) What do you mean by the term Entropy’? Explain the principle of increase
of entropy. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the following terms : [6]
i) Thermodynamic Equilibrium
ii) Intensive and Extensive Properties
b) A gas undergoes a thermodynamic cycle consisting of three processes
beginning at an initial state where p1 = 1 bar, V1 = 1.5 m3 and U1 = 512 kJ.
The processes are as follows:
i) Process 1 - 2 : Compression with pV =constant to P2 = 2 bar, U2 =
690 kJ
ii) Process 2 - 3 : W23 = 0, Q23 = –150 kJ, and
iii) Process 3 - 1: W31 = +50 kJ. Neglecting KE and PE changes,
Determine the heat interactions Q12 and Q31. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Define dryness fraction. Explain separating and throttling calorimeter with
neat diagram for estimating the dryness fraction. [6]
b) In a constant volume ‘Otto cycle’, the pressure at the end of compression
is 15 times that at the start, the temperature of air at the beginning of
compression is 38°C and maximum temperature attained in the cycle is
1950°C. Determine: [6]
i) Compression ratio.
ii) Thermal efficiency of the cycle.
Take γ for air = 1.4.
OR
Q5) a) Define equivalent evaporation and boiler efficiency. Explain heat balance
sheet for boiler. [6]
OR
[6002]-332 2
Q6) a) A boiler house has natural draught chimney of 20 m height. Flue gases are
at temperature of 380°C and ambient temperature is 27°C. Determine:[6]
i) The draught in mm of water column for maximum discharge through
chimney
ii) The air supplied per kg of fuel.
b) Draw block diagram of a boiler plant showing location of air preheater,
super heater, economizer clearly indicating the air and water circuit flow.
Write the function of air preheater, super heater, economizer in boiler
plant. [7]
Q7) a) List the different psychrometric processes and show them on the hand
drawn psychrometric chart. [6]
b) Consider a room that contains air at 1 atm, 35°C, and 40% relative
humidity. Using the psychrometric chart. [7]
Determine :
i) the specific humidity,
ii) the enthalpy,
iii) the wet-bulb temperature,
iv) the dew-point temperature.
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on “Thermodynamics of Human Body”. [6]
b) 200 m3 of air per minute at 15°C DBT and 75% R.H. is heated until its
temperature is 25°C. [7]
Find :
i) R.H. of heated air.
ii) Wet bulb temperature of heated air.
iii) Heat added to air per minute.
[6002]-332 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-2796 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6002]-333
S.E. (Mechanical/Automobile/Mechanical SW)
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (202051)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer questions Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, and Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) A member ABCD is subjected to point loads P1, P2, P3 & P4 as shown
in figure below. [6]
Calculate the force P3 necessary for equilibrium if Pl = 120KN,
P2 = 220KN, & P4 = 160KN, also determine total deformation of the
member. Take E=200Gpa.
b) Find the Shear Force Diagram and Bending Moment diagram for beam in
figure below. [6]
Also find position of Point of Contraflexure if any.
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) A homogeneous 700kg bar AB is supported at either end by a cable as
shown in figure below. Calculate the smallest area of each cable if the
Stress is not exceed 80MPa brass and 130MPa in steel. [6]
b) Find the Shear Force Diagram and Bending Moment diagram for beam in
figure below. [6]
b) A beam ABC of length 10m has one support at the left end other support
at a distance of 6m from the left end. The beam carries a point load of
12KN at the right end & UDL of 5 KN/m at the distance of 2m from left
as shown in figure below. Find the slop & Deflection at point C.
Take E = 2×105 N/mm2 & I = 5 × 108 mm4. [6]
OR
[6002]-333 2
Q4) a) A cast iron beam is of T-section as shown in figure below. Draw the
shear stress distribution across the cross section for a maximum shear
force of beam 500 KN. [6]
Q5) a) The stepped steel shaft as shown in figure below, subjected to a torque T
at the free end & a torque 2T in the opposite direction at the junction of
the two sizes. What is the total angle of twist at the free end if the maximum
shear stress in the shaft is limited to 70 N/mm2. Take G=8.4×104 N/mm2.
[6]
[6002]-333 3
Q7) a) A Rectangular block of material is subjected to stresses on perpendicular
planes as shown in figure below. Using analytical approach, find: [6]
i) The principal stresses with its orientation.
ii) The maximum Shear stress with its orientation
OR
Draw Mohr’s circle with proper scale factor and using drawing instruments.
Analytical formula can not be used to solve question no (i). (ii) & (iii).
[6002]-333 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2797 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-340
S.E. (Mechanical / Automobile) (Mech. /Sandwich)
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (203152)
OR
Q2) a) Draw the torque-slip characteristic curve for three phase induction motor.
Explain the effect of increase in rotor resistance on torque-slip curve.[6]
b) A 230 V DC shunt motor runs at 800 rpm and takes armature current of
50 A. Find the resistance to be added to the field circuit to incrase speed
to 1000 rpm at an armature current of 80 A. Assume flux is proportional
to field current. Shunt field resistance is 250 and armature resistance
is 0.15 . [7]
Q3) a) Explain the construction and working of linear induction motor with the
help of suitable diagrams. Mention its any two applications. [6]
b) What is an embedded system? Explain its essential ingredients and quote
any four examples of an embedded system. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Differentiate between a microprocessor and a microcontroller. [6]
b) What is a stepper motor? Describe construction and working principle
of any one type of stepper motors. [6]
Q5) a) Explain the interfacing of LED with Arduino board and write an algorithm
to blink an LED frequently. [6]
b) Explain the following functions used to handle GPIO in ATmega 328P
based Arduino board with help of syntax: [6]
i) PinMode ()
ii) DigitalRead()
iii) DigitalWrite()
OR
Q6) a) Explain the functions of LCD pins and draw the interfacing diagram of
LCD with Arduino board. [6]
b) What is meant by serial communication? Explain the use of Arduino IDE
for serial communication with the help of suitable example. [6]
Q7) a) Explain working of LVDT and quote its any two applications. [6]
b) Why is LM35 preferred in embedded systems? Explain its interfacing
with Arduino Board with the help of diagram and algorithm. [7]
OR
Q8) a) What is function of ADC in data acquisition systems? List any five features
of in-built ADC in ATmega 328P microcountroller. [6]
b) Draw and explain the interfacing diagram of strain gauge with Arduino
Board showing necessary subsystems. [7]
[6002]-340 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2798 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-341
S.E. (Mechanical / Automobile)
MANUFACTURING PROCESS - I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Theory) (202041)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) Explain injection moulding process with suitable sketch. Also state the
applications of it. [6]
b) Explain principle of resistance welding. State it advantages and limitations.
[6]
OR
[6002]-341 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Compare the thermosetting plastics and thermoplastic. State any two
general properties and application. [6]
b) Writes a short note on edge preparation in welding. List down different
weld defects. [6]
Q5) a) State the necessityof reducing cutting forces in sheet metal works. Explain
with neat sketch any two methods. [7]
b) What is center of pressure? List down the procedure to calculate the
centre of pressure. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Differentiate between compound die and progressive die. State the different
sheet metal morking operations. [7]
b) Calculate blank size required for drawing a cylinder cup of internal diameter
50 mm, height of cup 85 mm, blank thickness 2 mm. Draw ratio restricted
45% in one draw, how many draws will be required if ultimate tensile
strength is 427 N/mm2. Calculate drawing force required. (Change value)
[6]
Q7) a) Write the different operations performed on lathe machine. Explain it with
neat sketch. [7]
b) Calculate the machining time required for 3 passes while reducing 60 mm
diameter shaft to 50 mm diameter for a length of 1200 mm with depth of
cut of 2 mm for rough cut and 1 mm for finish cut. Given cutting speed =
25 m/min, feed 0.5 mm/rev, approach length = 5 mm and overrun length
= 5mm (take approach length value - 10 mm). [6]
OR
Q8) a) What are different taper turning methods? Explain tailstock offset method
with proper sketch. [7]
b) Explain any three lathe operations with sketch. [6]
[6002]-341 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2799 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-342
S.E. (Mechanical/Automobile Engg.)
MATERIAL SCIENCE
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (202044)
Q1) a) Calculate the atomic packaging factor for FCC and HCP crystal structure.
[6]
b) Describe any three imperfections in crystals. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw the following planes and Directions in a cubic system (111), (110)
Planes and (101) direction. [6]
b) Explain Geometrical Hardening and Geometrical Softening phenomenon.
[4]
c) What makes ceramics different than polymers with respect ot properties.
[2]
Q3) a) What is creep in metals? Draw a typical Creep curve and explain the
various stages in creep. [7]
b) What do you understand by the term corrosion? Explain the mechanism
of corrosion in brief. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Draw self-explanatory sketches of the following. [4]
i) Galvanic Corrosion
ii) Pitting Corrosion
b) What is Cathodic Protection? [3]
c) Differentiate between Engineering Stress Strain curve and True stress
strain curve. [6]
Q5) a) Why surface preparation is required before applying any coating? State
the various techniques of surface preparation and explain them in brief.[6]
b) What is Electroplating? [3]
c) List out the factors affecting electro deposition. [3]
OR
OR
Q8) a) Draw the flow sheet for manufacturing of Cemented Carbide. [4]
b) What is conditioning of metal powder? Why is it done? [5]
c) Write short note on Self Lubricated Bearing. [4]
[6002]-342 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2800 [6002]-343
[Total No. of Pages : 3
Q1) a) Define the following terms. Also state it’s SI units. [6]
i) Specific weight
ii) Capillarity
OR
i) Pascals law
iii) Buoyancy
[6002]-343 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) State the Bernoulli is theorem. Write the equation with meaning of each
term. Also state the assumptions made. [6]
b) An oil of viscosity 0.1 Ns/m2 and specific gravity 0.9 is flowing through
a circular pipe of diameter 50 mm and of length 300 m. The rate of flow
of fluid through the pipe is 3.5 lit/sec. Find the pressure drop in a length
of 300m and also the shear stress at the pipe wall. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Derive an expression of shear stress and velocity distribution for lamiral
flow through circular pipe. [6]
i) Froude’s Number
ii) Weber’s Number
b) An oil of sp.gr. 0.9 and dynamic viscosity 0.06 poise is flowing through
a pipe of dia. 200mm at the rate of 60 lit/sec. Find the lead loss due to
friction and power required to maintain the flow for a length of 500 m.
Consider the co-efficient of friction f = 0.079/ (Re)0.25. [7]
OR
[6002]-343 2
Q7) a) For the following profiles, determine whether the flow has separated or
an the verge of separation or will remain attached with the surface. [6]
u 3 1
i) 3
U 2 2
u
ii) 2 2
U
u y
iii) 2 2 3 where
U
b) Write a short note on separation of boundary layer and it’s control. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Derive an expression for displacement momentum and energy thickness.
[9]
b) What is drag and lift? Explain the different types of drag on an immersed
body. [4]
[6002]-343 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-2801 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6002]-344
S.E. (Mechanical/Automobile)
ENGINEERING METALLURGY
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (202049)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7or Q.No.8.
2) Figures to right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn, wherever necessary.
OR
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What are the advantages of cast iron over steels? [3]
b) Compare Gray Cast Iron & White Cast Iron with respect to composition,
microstructure, application. [6]
OR
c) Draw TTT curve and state the transformed product for [4]
i) Martempering
ii) Austempering
c) What are stainless steels? Give typical composition and two uses of the
various types of stainless steels? [4]
OR
Q6) a) Name the different standards used for the Designation of Steels. Give
examples of each standard. [4]
b) What is High Speed Steel? State and explain the important properties of
the two types of high speed steels. [4]
[6002]-344 2
OR
Q8) a) Give the composition of duralumin. What are its properties? [6]
[6002]-344 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain different types of constrained motion with neat sketch. [6]
b) Calculate the number of degrees of freedom of mechanism as shown in
fig. [4]
OR
Q2) a) With the help of neat sketch, derive the frequency equation of compound
Pendulum. [5]
b) The connecting rod of an engine has length equal to 200 mm between centers
and has mass equal to 2.5 kg. Its C.G. is at 80 mm from big end center and
radius of gyration about axis through C.G.is 100 mm. Determine: [5]
i) Two mass dynamically equivalent system, when one mass is placed
at the small end.
ii) The correction couple if two masses are placed at the two ends and
angular acceleration of connecting rod is 100 rad/s2 clockwise.
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain the construction and working principle of Epicyclic Train
Dynamometer with neat sketch. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Derive an equation for finding of angular velocity and angular acceleration
of connecting rod by using analytical method. [5]
iii) Driving shaft rotation angles at which driven and driving shaft speeds
are same.
Also draw schematic Polar Diagram for above hook joint indicating all
important values.
Q5) a) State and explain Kennedy’s Theorem of three centers in line. [3]
i) Velocity of slider B
[6002]-345 2
ii) Velocity of Slider D
OR
Q6) a) Explain the terms with suitable sketch “Body centrode and Space
centrode”. [5]
b) Fig. shows toggle mechanism in which the crank OA rotates at a uniform
speed of 105 rpm in clockwise direction. Determine the velocity and
acceleration of slider P. The lengths of various links are OA = 8cm,
AB = 18 cm, BC = 24 cm and BP = 28cm [10]
[6002]-345 3
Q7) a) Discuss all four cases to determine direction of Coriolis components of
acceleration when block is sliding on rotating link. [5]
b) Crank OA of a compound slider crank mechanism as shown in fig. rotates
at 20 rpm anticlockwise and give motion to sliding blocks B and D. The
dimensions of various links are OA = 300mm, BC= 450mm,
CD = 450mm.Determine linear acceleration of block D. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Coriolis Component of Acceleration. [5]
b) The crank of an engine is 200 mm long and the ratio of connecting rod
length to the crank radius is 4. Determine the acceleration of the piston,
the acceleration of a point X on the connecting rod (located at 3/4th
distance from the small end) and angular acceleration of the connecting
rod when crank is turned through 45° from the IDC position for the
following cases [10]
i) When the crank rotates at uniform speed of 240 rpm clockwise
ii) When instantaneous speed of rotation of the crank is 240 rpm
clockwise and is increasing at the rate of 100 rad/s2. Use Klein’s
Construction.
[6002]-345 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2803 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6002]-346
S.E. (Mechanical/ Automobile)
APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (202050)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer 4 questions out of 8, Q1 or 2, Q3 or 4, Q5 or 6, Q7 or 8.
2) Answer the four questions should be written in same Answer book, attach
supplement if requird.
3) Use of scientific calculator is Allowed.
4) Draw Diagram wherever Necessary.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Draw and explain with neat sketch of simple carburetor. [6]
b) Explain brief classification of I.C Engine. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What are the various losses which make the operation of actual cycle
differ from that of air standard cycle Explain each loss in brief. [6]
b) What are the main Effects of Detonation? [6]
Q3) a) Explain the various factors that influence the delay period in C.I Engine.
[6]
b) Explain the stages of combustion in a C.I Engine with neat sketch. [6]
OR
Q4) a) During a trial of a 4 cylinder, 4 stroke SI Engine running at 50 rev/s, the
brake load was 267 N when all cylinders were working. When each cylinder
was cut off in turn and speed returned to same 50 rev/s, brake readings
were 178N, 187N, 182N, and 182N. Determine BP, IP and mechanical
Efficiency of the Engine for BP = F. N/455 (KW), where F is brake load
in Newton’s & N rev/s following results were obtained. Fuel consumption
= 0.568 lit in 30 seconds. Specific gravity = 0.72, CV = 43000 kJ/kg,
A/F ratio = 14:1, Exhaust temp = 760°C, Cpg = 1.015 kJ/kg, water inlet
temp = 18°C and outlet temp = 56°C, water flow rate = 0.28 kg/s, ambient
temp = 21°C Draw heat balance sheet in kJ/s. [6]
[6002]-346 1 P.T.O.
b) Define [6]
i) Mechanical Efficiency
ii) Specific output
iii) Volumetric Efficiency
iv) Thermal Efficiency
v) Relative Efficiency
vi) Brake specific fuel consumption in I.C . Engine
Q5) a) Explain the working of Electronic Ignition system with neat sketch. [7]
b) Discuss the major air pollutants from I.C. Engines and their effects on
human body and on environments. [6]
OR
Q6) a) List the types of Lubricants with at list two examples. Explain in detail
properties of liquid Lubricants. [7]
b) What is Engine Governing? Explain centrifugal governer with neat sketch.
[6]
Q7) a) A single stage single acting air compressor has the bore of 200 mm and
stroke 300mm. It run at 420 rpm and has clearance ratio of 0.065. The
index of compression can be assumed as 1.3. The inlet pressure is 1 bar
and intake temperature is 27°C, delivery pressure is 500 kPa, [7]
Determine
i) Free air deliveryed at NTP in m3/hr.
ii) Volumetric efficiency
iii) Delivery air temp
iv) Isothermal efficiency
b) Write down advantages of multistaging in Reciprocating air compressor,
and draw sketch of two stage Reciprocating air compressor. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain screw compressor with neat sketch. [7]
b) A two stage double acting air compressor luns at 120 epm it drow air at
1 bar and 293 K and compress it with a total pressur ratio of 10, the
intercooler used between the stages work at pressure of 3 bar and the air
is cooled in it up to temp. of 302 K. Determine the shaft power of the
compressor having mechanical and volumetric efficiency is 90% and 82%
respectively. The diameter of L.P. cylider is 25 cm and stroke 37.5 cm,
the index of compression for each stage is 1.3. [7]
[6002]-346 2